Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020022071A1 - Method for producing lithographic printing plate - Google Patents

Method for producing lithographic printing plate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020022071A1
WO2020022071A1 PCT/JP2019/027419 JP2019027419W WO2020022071A1 WO 2020022071 A1 WO2020022071 A1 WO 2020022071A1 JP 2019027419 W JP2019027419 W JP 2019027419W WO 2020022071 A1 WO2020022071 A1 WO 2020022071A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
printing plate
lithographic printing
mass
surfactant
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/027419
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
康平 會津
侑也 宮川
因埜 紀文
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2020022071A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020022071A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a method for producing a lithographic printing plate.
  • a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink during a printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution.
  • Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area).
  • a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of a lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only on an image portion, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a hydrophilic support and a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) provided thereon is widely used.
  • PS plate lithographic printing plate precursor
  • image recording layer a lithographic printing plate precursor
  • a lithographic printing plate is obtained by performing plate making by dissolving and removing with a strong alkaline developer and exposing a hydrophilic support surface to form a non-image portion.
  • Solid-state lasers such as semiconductor lasers and YAG lasers that emit infrared light having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm as laser light sources used in the above-described CTP technology have become available at low cost and with high output and small size. Very useful. Also, a UV laser can be used.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a method for producing an image-formed lithographic printing plate, comprising (a) (i) a substrate having a hydrophilic surface, (ii) a radically polymerizable coating, and (iii) oxygen impermeable.
  • a negative water-soluble or water-dispersible overcoat and a negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor comprising imagewise exposure to radiation to which the radically polymerizable coating is sensitive, (b) (i) water and (ii) ) At least one surfactant, (iii) at least one water-soluble, film-forming hydrophilic polymer, and (iv) at least one alkaline agent in an amount sufficient to obtain a pH of 9.5-14.
  • a reagent and (v) one or more optionally selected from organic solvents, biocides, complexing agents, buffer substances, filter dyes, defoamers, anticorrosives and radical inhibitors An aqueous alkaline processing solution containing an additive, and an imagewise exposed precursor (C) removing excess treatment solution from the treated precursor obtained in step (b), (d) optionally drying, (e) optionally baking, f) placing the precursor obtained in step (c), (d) or (e) on a printing press, and then contacting it with a fountain solution and printing ink simultaneously or sequentially;
  • a method for producing an imaged lithographic printing plate provided that there is no gumming step after b).
  • Patent Document 2 discloses that a photosensitive layer and a protective layer containing (A) a polymerization initiator, (B) a polymerizable compound, (C) a sensitizing dye, and (D) a binder polymer are formed on a hydrophilic support.
  • a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising: exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having, in order, a laser exposure and then removing a protective layer and a photosensitive layer in a non-exposed portion in the presence of a developer.
  • a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate is described, wherein the developer contains a surfactant and a nonionic surfactant having an alkylene oxide chain and has a pH of 2 to less than 10.
  • Patent Literature 3 discloses that a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support having a surface subjected to a hydrophilic treatment and / or having an undercoat layer is cured by imagewise exposure. Then, in the method for processing a lithographic printing plate precursor, which is subjected to development with an aqueous solution having a pH of 2 to 10, the aqueous solution used for the development has an amphoteric surfactant and a fatty chain, and the total carbon number of the fatty chain is It has an anionic surfactant having 6 or more and an aromatic ring, and contains an anionic surfactant selected from an anionic surfactant having a total carbon number of 12 or more.
  • a method for treating a lithographic printing plate precursor characterized in that the content is 0.1 to 3.3% by mass based on the entire aqueous solution is described.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-T-2009-540377
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-2011-180291
  • Patent Document 3 JP-A-2009-86344
  • the problem to be solved by the embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate having excellent suppression of development sludge.
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects. ⁇ 1> a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support, and a step of performing a development treatment with a developer having a pH of 10 or more and less than 12; Lithographic printing comprising a binder having a constitutional unit represented by Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound, wherein the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant. How to make a plate.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent
  • L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
  • ⁇ 2> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by laser light having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
  • ⁇ 3> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by a laser beam having a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm.
  • ⁇ 4> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, which does not include a step of washing the lithographic printing plate obtained by the developing treatment after the step of performing the developing treatment.
  • ⁇ 5> The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains a compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II).
  • O— an ether bond
  • —O— an amide bond
  • R 4 to R 6 may have a linking group.
  • ⁇ 6> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to ⁇ 5>, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains the compound represented by the formula (II).
  • At least one of R 4 to R 6 has a linking group selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an amide bond, and an ether bond in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group;
  • ⁇ 6> is a carboxylate ion.
  • the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant is at least one surfactant selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant.
  • the anionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, and a phosphate structure.
  • R An1 ⁇ R An10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • LAn is an integer of 1 ⁇ 3
  • X An 1 and X An2 are each independently sulfone An acid base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 is 3 or more, and the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 is 3 or more.
  • ⁇ 11> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of ⁇ 8> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure.
  • ⁇ 12> The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to ⁇ 11>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound represented by the following formula (V).
  • X No represents an aromatic group
  • Y No represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a No and B No are different groups
  • p and q each independently represents an integer of 0 to 100, and the sum of p and q is 2 or more.
  • ⁇ 14> The binder according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>, wherein the binder further has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al). How to make a lithographic printing plate.
  • R Ac and R Al each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of an automatic developing device that can be suitably used in a method of manufacturing a planographic printing plate according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an automatic developing apparatus for one-bath processing that can be suitably used in a method of manufacturing a planographic printing plate according to the present disclosure.
  • the notation of not indicating substituted or unsubstituted includes not only a group having no substituent but also a group having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • (meth) acryl is a term used in a concept including both acryl and methacryl
  • “(meth) acryloyl” is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. It is.
  • step in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, the term is used as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved. included.
  • “mass%” and “wt%” have the same meaning, and “mass part” and “part by weight” have the same meaning.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL are used for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure unless otherwise specified.
  • the term “lithographic printing plate precursor” includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also a discarded plate precursor. Further, the term “lithographic printing plate” includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a lithographic printing plate produced through operations such as exposure and development, if necessary, as well as a discarded plate. In the case of a discarded plate master, the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required.
  • the discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
  • the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and a pH of from 10 to less than 12.
  • the image recording layer includes a step of performing a development treatment with a developer (hereinafter, also referred to as a “development step”).
  • the image recording layer includes a binder having a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and It contains a polymerizable compound, and the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent
  • L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
  • the friction coefficient is increased by the fact that the developer containing the amphoteric surfactant adheres to the surface of the non-image portion after the development processing. It is presumed that the density of the non-image portion is reduced, and the non-image portion is less likely to be scratched.
  • the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support (exposure step), and the image recording layer is represented by the following formula (Bn). And a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. Prior to the development step, the exposure step is performed. In the exposure step, it is preferable to expose the lithographic printing plate precursor through a transparent original having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or to imagewise expose by laser beam scanning using digital data.
  • the “image” in the present disclosure is a concept that includes not only images in a narrow sense, such as figures and pictorial photographs, but also characters, numbers, and symbols, and includes an image in which these are mixed.
  • Light sources suitable for the exposure include a carbon arc lamp, a mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a metal halide lamp, a strobe, a light emitting diode (LED), a laser beam, and the like.
  • Laser light is particularly preferable, and solid-state lasers and semiconductor lasers that emit infrared light with a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm, ultraviolet semiconductor lasers that emit light with a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm, argon ion lasers that emit visible light, and FD (Frequency Doubled) —YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) laser and the like.
  • the exposure in the exposure step is preferably performed with a laser beam having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm from the viewpoint of simplification of plate making, and a laser having a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm from the viewpoint of resolution. It is preferable to use light.
  • a laser that emits infrared light capable of performing work under a white light or a yellow light is preferable.
  • the output is preferably 100 mW or more
  • the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 ⁇ s
  • the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. It is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device to shorten the exposure time.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor used in the present disclosure is a negative-type image forming method in which an image-exposed region is cured to form an image portion, and an unexposed portion is removed by a development process as described above to form a non-image portion. Has ability.
  • "having an image recording layer on a support” means that, even if the image recording layer is provided directly on the support, another layer is provided between the support and the image recording layer. May be provided, and this does not deny the existence of optional layers such as a protective layer, an undercoat layer, an intermediate layer, and a back coat layer which are optionally provided in the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor used in the present disclosure includes a binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
  • the image recording layer is preferably an infrared-sensitive image recording layer. Further, the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive and more preferably contains at least a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound, and further preferably further contains a copper phthalocyanine pigment. It is more preferable that the image recording layer is sensitive to infrared light, does not contain a borate salt, and contains a coloring dye. It is particularly preferable that these infrared-sensitive image recording layers contain a cyanine dye and an iodonium salt.
  • each component contained in the image recording layer will be sequentially described.
  • the image recording layer contains a binder having a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn).
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent
  • L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
  • R 1 and R 2 in Formula (Bn) are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 in the formula (Bn) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability.
  • Examples of the monovalent substituent for R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, and Examples include groups in which a hydrogen atom is further substituted with one or more of these groups.
  • the monovalent substituent is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, or a hydroxy group, and more preferably an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
  • R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) is preferably from 0 to 20, more preferably from 0 to 8, and even more preferably from 0 to 4.
  • R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, or a hydroxy group from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability. It is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn-1) from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression, scratch resistance and printing durability. More preferably, it is a structural unit represented by Bn-1).
  • R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 9 in the formula (Bn-1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability.
  • the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have one kind of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) alone, or may have two or more kinds thereof.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) in the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is determined from the viewpoint of the development sludge suppression, scratch resistance and printing durability from the viewpoint of the formula (Bn). ), Preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 15 to 75% by mass based on the total mass of the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (1). Is more preferable, and particularly preferably 20 to 50% by mass.
  • the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) contains the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn), the remaining structural unit may be a structural unit derived from any monomer.
  • the details are preferably monomer units (structural units) used in an acrylic resin described in detail in other binder polymers described below. Specifically, it is formed from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylate), acrylonitrile, styrene and styrene derivatives, and poly (alkylene glycol) (meth) acrylate Preferred are those containing the structural units described above.
  • the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin refers to a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate compound, a (meth) acrylamide compound, and (meth) acrylic acid, based on the total mass of the resin. It is assumed that the polymer has 50% by mass or more.
  • the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is a hydrophilic group as a structural unit (other structural unit) other than the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) from the viewpoint of developability. It is preferable to further include a structural unit having the following formula, and it is more preferable to further include a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid (a structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac)).
  • a hydrophilic group a carboxy group or a hydroxy group is preferably mentioned, and a carboxy group is more preferably mentioned.
  • R Ac represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have a single structural unit having a hydrophilic group, or may have two or more structural units.
  • the content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group in the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is determined based on the total mass of the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) from the viewpoint of developability. On the other hand, it is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass.
  • the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) has an ethylenic property as a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) (other structural units). It is preferable to further have a structural unit having an unsaturated group, and it is more preferable that it further has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al). It is particularly preferable to further include a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group in the constitutional unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is not particularly limited from the viewpoint of printing durability, but may be an allyl group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, or a vinyl ester.
  • Groups, vinyl ether groups or styryl groups (vinylphenyl groups) are preferred, allyl groups or (meth) acryloxy groups are more preferred, and allyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • R Al represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have a single structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, or may have two or more structural units.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the binder having the constituent unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is determined from the viewpoint of developability of the binder having the constituent unit represented by the above formula (Bn). It is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably from 30% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass.
  • the binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) that can be used in the present disclosure has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, and 10,000 to 200. , More preferably 20,000 to 100,000.
  • the acid value of the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably from 20 mgKOH / g to 400 mgKOH / g, as determined using a known method.
  • the image recording layer may contain one kind of a binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn), or may contain two or more kinds of binders.
  • the content of the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably from 20% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
  • the image recording layer contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably used.
  • photopolymerization initiator those known to those skilled in the art can be used without limitation. Specifically, for example, trihalomethyl compounds, carbonyl compounds, organic peroxides, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, hexa Examples include an arylbiimidazole compound, an organic boron compound, a disulfone compound, an oxime ester compound, an onium salt compound, and an iron arene complex. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, onium salts, trihalomethyl compounds and metallocene compounds is preferable, and hexaarylbiimidazole compounds or onium salt compounds are particularly preferable. Two or more photopolymerization initiators can be used in combination as appropriate.
  • Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include lophin dimers, for example, 2,2 described in European Patent Nos. 24,629, 107,792 and 4,410,621.
  • Onium salt compounds suitably used in the present disclosure are represented by the following formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III).
  • a diaryliodonium salt compound or a triarylsulfonium salt compound is preferably used.
  • the onium salt compound is particularly preferably used in combination with an infrared absorber having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
  • Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents.
  • Preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atom
  • Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion. Specifically, halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, triphenylalkylborate ion, tetraphenylborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, and sulfuric acid Ions.
  • a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, or a sulfinate ion is preferable, and from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity, a triphenylalkylborate ion or Phenyl borate ions are preferred.
  • Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents.
  • Preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having
  • Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion.
  • Specific examples include halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, sulfate ion, and carboxylate ion.
  • perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, triphenylalkylborate ion, tetraphenylborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, or carboxylate ion Is preferable, and a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
  • R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents, or Represents an alkynyl group.
  • an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity and stability.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion.
  • Specific examples include halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, sulfate ion, and carboxylate ion.
  • a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the sensitivity.
  • carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2001-343742 and carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2002-148790 are also preferably used.
  • the onium salt compound is particularly preferably used in combination with an infrared absorber having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
  • JP-A-2007-171406, JP-A-2007-206216, JP-A-2007-206217, JP-A-2007-225701, JP-A-2007-225702, JP-A-2007-316582, and JP-A-2007-328243 The polymerization initiators described in the above publications can be preferably used.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is suitably used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive, and preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound and a tetraphenyl borate salt compound. And a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the image recording layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable, and the content is more preferably 1.0% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the image recording layer contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound that can be used in the present disclosure is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group, and is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated group, and is preferably two compounds. It is more preferable that the compound has the above.
  • Such compounds are widely known in the industrial field, and in the present disclosure, they can be used without any particular limitation. These have chemical forms such as, for example, monomers, prepolymers, ie, dimers, trimers and oligomers, or copolymers thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of the monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters and amides thereof.
  • Esters of acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds are used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group or an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, and a monofunctional or Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids are also preferably used.
  • an isocyanate group, or an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine, or thiol and further, a halogeno group or And unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as a tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols.
  • JP-T-2006-508380 JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, and JP-A-9-179297.
  • JP-A-9-179298 JP-A-2004-294935, JP-A-2006-243493, JP-A-2002-275129, JP-A-2003-64130, JP-A-2003-280187, and And Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-333321.
  • ester monomer of the polyhydric alcohol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylates such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate.
  • methacrylate examples include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, bis [p- (methacryloxy)
  • Examples of itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, and pentaerythritol diitaconate. And sorbitol tetritaconate.
  • Examples of crotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, sorbitol tetradicrotonate, and the like.
  • Examples of the isocrotonic acid ester include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.
  • Examples of the maleic acid ester include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.
  • esters examples include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-51-47334 and JP-A-57-196231, JP-A-59-5240, and JP-A-59-5241. And those having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A-2-226149 and those containing an amino group described in JP-A-1-165613 are also preferably used.
  • the above ester monomers can also be used as a mixture of two or more.
  • the monomer of the amide of the aliphatic polyamine compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, and 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacryl.
  • examples include amide, diethylenetriaminetrisacrylamide, xylylenebisacrylamide, and xylylenebismethacrylamide.
  • examples of other preferred amide monomers include those having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B-54-21726.
  • urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by using an addition reaction between an isocyanate group and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and such specific examples are described in, for example, JP-B-48-41708.
  • Formula (ii) (However, R 4m and R 5m each independently represent H or CH 3. )
  • urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-A-2003-344997, and JP-A-2006-65210.
  • Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in US Pat. No. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505958, JP-A-2007-293221, and JP-A-2007-293223.
  • Urethane compounds having a hydrophilic group are also suitable. Further, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277563, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Depending on the case, an image recording layer having a very high photosensitive speed can be obtained.
  • the method of using the polymerizable compound can be arbitrarily selected from the viewpoints of the degree of polymerization inhibition with respect to oxygen, resolution, fogging, refractive index change, surface tackiness, etc.
  • a layer configuration and a coating method such as undercoating and overcoating may be performed.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. In the range of ⁇ 60% by mass.
  • the image recording layer preferably further contains a sensitizing dye.
  • the sensitizing dye absorbs light at the time of image exposure to be in an excited state, and provides electron transfer, energy transfer or heat generation to the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator, and provides energy by heating or the like. It can be used without limitation.
  • a sensitizing dye having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm or 760 nm to 1,200 nm is preferably used.
  • Examples of the sensitizing dye having the maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 420 nm include merocyanine dyes, benzopyrans, coumarins, aromatic ketones, anthracenes, styryls, oxazoles, and the like.
  • a preferable dye from the viewpoint of high sensitivity is a dye represented by the following formula (C).
  • a 1C represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent
  • X 1C represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or N- (R 3C ).
  • R 1C , R 2C and R 3C each independently represent a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group, and A 1C and R 1C and R 2C and R 3C are respectively bonded to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. May be formed.
  • R 1C , R 2C and R 3C are each independently a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted Represents an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group, a hydroxy group, or a halogen atom.
  • preferred aryl groups for R 1C , R 2C and R 3C include an aromatic group, a group in which one to three benzene rings form a condensed ring, and a condensed ring in which a benzene ring and a 5-membered unsaturated ring are condensed rings.
  • Specific examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, a phenanthryl group, an indenyl group, an acenaphthenyl group, and a fluorenyl group. Among them, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferred.
  • heteroaryl group preferable as R 1C , R 2C and R 3C , a monocyclic or polycyclic heteroaromatic group having at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom is used.
  • Examples include, for example, thiophene, thiazulene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxazine, pyrrole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindolizine, indoyl, Indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinazoline, sinoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthrin, acridine, perimidine, phenanthroline, phthalazine, fenalzazine, fumaridine
  • groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heteroaromatic ring compound such as enoxazine, furazane, and phenoxazine.
  • a 1C in formula (C) represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, and specific examples of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group which may have a substituent include R 1C and R 1 in the formula (C). The same as those described for 2C and R 3C can be mentioned.
  • Such a sensitizing dye include paragraphs 0047 to 0053 of JP-A-2007-58170, paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2007-93866, and paragraphs 0042 to 0047 of JP-A-2007-72816. Are preferably used.
  • a sensitizing dye having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm, preferably 760 nm to 1,200 nm, which is suitably used in the present disclosure (hereinafter, may be referred to as an “infrared absorbing agent”) is described in detail. Will be described. Dyes or pigments are preferably used as the infrared absorber.
  • dyes commercially available dyes and known dyes described in literatures such as “Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan, 1970) can be used. Specifically, azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, dyes such as metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
  • cyanine dyes particularly preferred are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes, and indolenine cyanine dyes.
  • a cyanine dye or an indolenine cyanine dye is preferable, and a particularly preferable example is a cyanine dye represented by the following formula (a).
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —NPh 2 , —X 2 -L 1 or a group shown below.
  • Ph represents a phenyl group
  • X 2 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom
  • L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms) and a hetero atom (N, S, An aryl group having O, a halogen atom, Se) and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms including a hetero atom.
  • X a - is Z a which will be described below - has the same definition as, R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and substituted amino group and a halogen atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for the image recording layer, it is preferable that R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and when forming a ring, it is particularly preferable to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different, and represent an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • Preferred aryl groups include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • Preferred substituents include a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 may be the same or different and each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different, and represent a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, and a sulfo group.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 may be the same or different and each represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • Za - represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and does not require charge neutralization, Za - is not necessary.
  • Desirable Za ⁇ is a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, or a sulfonate ion from the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for the image recording layer, and particularly preferably perchloric acid.
  • a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is also preferably used.
  • a counter ion containing no halide ion is particularly preferable.
  • cyanine dye represented by the formula (a) that can be suitably used include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0016 of JP-A-2002-023360.
  • a water-soluble cyanine dye as the sensitizing dye.
  • the water-soluble cyanine dye include those described in JP-A-2004-351823, and a sulfonic acid group and / or a salt thereof, a phosphonic acid group and / or a salt thereof as a hydrophilic group in the molecule. , A carboxylic acid group and / or a salt thereof, and a hydroxy group. Among them, it is more preferable that the compound has two or more sulfonic acid groups and / or salts thereof and phosphonic acid groups and / or salts thereof in the molecule, and the counter ion is an inorganic ion.
  • an embodiment containing a cyanine dye as a sensitizing dye and further containing an iodonium salt compound is preferable. With such a configuration, sensitivity and printing durability are improved.
  • the sensitizing dye one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • An infrared absorber such as a pigment may be used in combination.
  • the pigment compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • pigments examples include commercially available pigments, Color Index (C.I.) Handbook, “Latest Pigment Handbook” (edited by Japan Pigment Technical Association, 1977), “Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986), Pigments described in “Printing Ink Technology” published by CMC, 1984) can be used.
  • the types of pigments include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments, and polymer-bound pigments.
  • preferred is carbon black.
  • These pigments may be used without surface treatment, or may be used after surface treatment.
  • the surface treatment include a method of surface coating a resin or wax, a method of attaching a surfactant, and a method of bonding a reactive substance (eg, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound, a polyisocyanate, etc.) to the pigment surface.
  • a reactive substance eg, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound, a polyisocyanate, etc.
  • the particle size of the pigment is preferably in the range of 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • excellent dispersion stability of the pigment in the image recording layer is obtained, and a uniform image recording layer is obtained.
  • a known dispersion technique used for ink production, toner production, or the like can be used.
  • the disperser include an ultrasonic disperser, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three-roll mill, and a pressure kneader. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Application Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986).
  • the preferable addition amount of these sensitizing dyes is preferably 0.05% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the range is from 10% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizing dye may be added to the same layer as the other components, or may be added to a separate layer.
  • the image recording layer may contain a binder (other binder) other than the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn).
  • a binder other binder
  • any of various polymers known in the art to be used in the image recording layer of the negative working lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without limitation.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the other binder is preferably from 2,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably from 10,000 to 200,000.
  • the acid value of the other binder is preferably from 20 mgKOH / g to 400 mgKOH / g, as determined using a known method.
  • the other binder is preferably insoluble in water and soluble in an alkaline developer commonly used in a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate.
  • binders include, for example, EP 1,182,033 and US Pat. Nos. 6,309,792, 6,352,812, 6,569,603 and 6,893. No., 797,797, etc., polymers derived from (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylate, polyvinyl acetal, phenolic resins, styrene and its derivatives, (meth) Examples include, but are not limited to, polymers derived from acrylonitrile, N-substituted cyclic imides, or maleic anhydride. Having pendant vinyl groups such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,899,994 and 4,511,645, and EP 1,182,033. Polymers are also useful.
  • the other binder is preferably a binder polymer having a hydrophobic skeleton and containing both of the following structural units a) and b) or only the structural repeating unit b).
  • the binder polymer has a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment, preferably a poly (ethyleneoxy) segment.
  • the binder polymer may be a graft copolymer having a main chain polymer and a poly (alkylene oxide) side chain, or a block copolymer having a block of a (alkyleneoxy) -containing structural unit and a block of a non (alkyleneoxy) -containing repeating unit. . Both the graft copolymer and the block copolymer may further have pendant cyano groups bonded directly to the hydrophobic backbone.
  • the alkyleneoxy group in the polyalkyleneoxy structural unit is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene moiety may be linear, branched, or a substituted product thereof. Poly (ethylene oxide) and poly (propylene oxide) segments are preferred, with poly (ethylene oxide) segments being most preferred.
  • the binder polymer may include only a structural unit including a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment, and the binder polymer may be directly bonded to a structural unit having a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment and a hydrophobic skeleton. And a structural unit having a pendant cyano group.
  • the structural unit may have a pendant group comprising a cyano, cyano substituted or cyano terminal alkylene group.
  • such structural units can be derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as, for example, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, methyl cyanoacrylate, ethyl cyanoacrylate, or combinations thereof.
  • cyano groups can be introduced into the polymer by other conventional means. Examples of such cyano group-containing binder polymers are described in, for example, US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/003285.
  • binders can be formed by polymerization of combinations or mixtures of the following suitable ethylenically unsaturated monomers or macromers.
  • the amount of the poly (alkyleneoxy) segment in the other binder is preferably 0.5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 40% by mass. %, More preferably 5 to 20% by mass.
  • the amount of the (alkyleneoxy) segment in the block copolymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass. Is more preferred. It is also possible for the binder polymer having poly (alkyleneoxy) side chains to be present in the form of discrete particles.
  • the other binder preferably has a structural unit derived from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylate, styrene and a styrene derivative, and poly (alkylene glycol) (meth) acrylate. Further, it is more preferable that the other binder contains a structural unit derived from two or more kinds of such monomers.
  • a surfactant in the above-mentioned image recording layer, can be used in order to promote developability and to improve a coated surface state.
  • the surfactant include a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, and a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • Preferable surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants containing a perfluoroalkyl group in the molecule.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include an anionic type such as a perfluoroalkyl carboxylate, a perfluoroalkyl sulfonate and a perfluoroalkyl phosphate; an amphoteric type such as a perfluoroalkyl betaine; Cationic type such as trimethylammonium salt; perfluoroalkylamine oxide, perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and hydrophilic group, oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and lipophilic group, perfluoroalkyl Nonionic types such as oligomers containing a group, a hydrophilic group and a lipophilic group, and urethanes containing a perfluoroalkyl group and a lipophilic group.
  • the surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • a pigment or a dye (colored dye) having a large absorption in the visible light region can be used as a colorant for an image.
  • a colorant it is easy to distinguish between an image area after image formation and a non-image area, and thus it is preferable to add the colorant.
  • the pigment used in the present disclosure include phthalocyanine pigments, azo pigments, carbon black, and titanium oxide.
  • the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of triphenylalkyl borate salt compound and tetraphenylborate salt compound, and a copper phthalocyanine pigment.
  • the dye the case where the image recording layer contains a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound (including a case where the dye is present as a counter ion of an infrared absorbing dye (IR dye) or a photopolymerization initiator).
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor may be easily fogged by weak light, and the handleability at the time of plate making may be extremely poor, but the above-mentioned borate salt compound is not contained in the image recording layer. In such a case, it can be usefully used as a colorant similarly to the above pigment. Further, since the dye in the present disclosure has higher water solubility than the pigment, the removability (developability) of the non-image portion is significantly improved by using the dye in the image recording layer.
  • the dye examples include Oil Yellow # 101, Oil Yellow # 103, Oil Pink # 312, Oil Green BG, Oil Blue BOS, Oil Blue # 603, Oil Black BY (all manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI42555), Methyl Violet (CI42535), Ethyl Violet, Rhodamine B (CI45170B), Malachite Green (CI42000), Methylene Blue (CI52015), etc., and JP-A-62-293247. Dyes. Although various colors can be used, red dyes and blue dyes are preferable from the viewpoint of visibility.
  • the dye is preferably a dye having a maximum absorption wavelength in the visible region (360 nm to 830 nm) of 600 nm to 700 nm, and more preferably a blue dye having a maximum absorption wavelength in the visible region of 600 nm to 700 nm. .
  • the colorant may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds.
  • the amount of the colorant added is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, the content is from 2.5% by mass to 2.5% by mass.
  • a compound capable of discoloring by an acid or a radical can be added in order to form a printing-out image.
  • various dyes such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, thiazine, oxazine, xanthene, anthraquinone, iminoquinone, azo, and azomethine are effectively used.
  • a suitable amount of the dye that changes its color by acid or radical is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • a small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor is preferably added to the image recording layer in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during the production or storage of the image recording layer.
  • the thermal polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t- Butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt.
  • the addition amount of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • Higher fatty acid derivative etc.
  • a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added to the image recording layer, and the image is formed in the process of drying after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the recording layer.
  • the added amount of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • Plasticizer The image recording layer may contain a plasticizer in order to improve developability.
  • the plasticizer include phthalic acid esters such as dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, octyl capryl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, ditridecyl phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate, and diallyl phthalate; Glycol esters such as glycol phthalate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, and triethylene glycol dicaprylate; phosphate esters such as tricresyl phosphate and triphenyl phosphate ; Diisobutyl adipate, dioctyl adipate,
  • the image recording layer may contain inorganic particles for improving the strength of the cured film and the developability.
  • Preferred examples of the inorganic particles include silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate, and mixtures thereof. These can be used for strengthening a film, strengthening interfacial adhesion by surface roughening, and the like.
  • the average particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably from 5 nm to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the non-image portion which is stably dispersed in the image recording layer sufficiently retains the film strength of the image recording layer, and is less likely to be stained during printing and has excellent hydrophilicity can be formed.
  • the inorganic particles as described above can be easily obtained as a commercial product such as a colloidal silica dispersion.
  • the content of the inorganic particles is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • Low-molecular hydrophilic compound The above-mentioned image recording layer may contain a low-molecular hydrophilic compound since the developability is improved without lowering the printing durability.
  • the low-molecular hydrophilic compound include, for example, water-soluble organic compounds such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycols such as tripropylene glycol and ether or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyhydroxys such as pentaerythritol, organic amines such as triethanolamine and diethanolamine monoethanolamine and salts thereof, alkylsulfonic acids, toluenesulfonic acids, organic sulfonic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and alkylsulfamic acids and the like.
  • Organic sulfamic acids and salts thereof organic sulfuric acids and salts thereof such as alkyl sulfuric acid and alkyl ether sulfuric acid, organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof such as phenylphosphonic acid, tartaric acid, and oxalic acid , Citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, organic carboxylic acids and salts thereof such as amino acids and the like.
  • organic sulfonic acids, organic sulfamic acids, and organic sulfates such as sodium salts and lithium salts of organic sulfuric acids are preferably used.
  • the amount of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound added to the image recording layer is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is more preferably from 2% by mass to 8% by mass. Within the above range, good developability and printing durability can be obtained.
  • the low-molecular hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in a combination of two or more.
  • a phosphonium compound as an oil sensitizing agent can be added to at least one of the image recording layer and the protective layer in order to improve the inking property.
  • Suitable phosphonium compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660.
  • a nitrogen-containing compound is preferable in addition to the phosphonium compound.
  • Preferred nitrogen-containing compounds may be amine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, or structures of imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts. Among these, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferably used.
  • the amount of the sensitizer added to the image recording layer or the protective layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of each layer. , 0.1 to 5% by mass. When the content is in the above range, good ink depositability can be obtained.
  • Co-sensitizer A known compound such as a chain transfer agent or a co-sensitizer having an action of further improving sensitivity or suppressing polymerization inhibition by oxygen is added to the image recording layer. You may. Examples of such compounds include amines, e.g. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972), JP-B-44-20189, JP-A-51-82102, JP-A-52-134692, and JP-A-59-138205. JP-A-60-84305, JP-A-62-18537, JP-A-64-33104, and Research Disclosure 33825.
  • amines e.g. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972), JP-B-44-20189, JP-A-51-82102, JP-A-52-134692, and JP-A-59-
  • N-N-phenylglycine N-phenylaspartic acid
  • N-dialkylaniline derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, p-formyldimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
  • Another example of the compound acting as a chain transfer agent is, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule. These can generate a radical by donating hydrogen to a low-activity radical species, or can generate a radical by being oxidized and then deprotonated.
  • a thiol compound for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.
  • It can be preferably used as a transfer agent.
  • thiol compounds described in JP-A-2006-091479 are particularly preferably used.
  • the use amount of these sensitizers or chain transfer agents is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable, and the content is more preferably 1.0% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the image recording layer is preferably formed by dispersing or dissolving each of the necessary components in a solvent to prepare a coating solution, coating the solution on a support, and drying.
  • a solvent used herein include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxy Ethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane, ⁇ -butyllactone, toluene, water and the like.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the solvent can be used alone or in
  • the image recording layer may be prepared by preparing a plurality of coating solutions in which the same or different components are dispersed or dissolved in the same or different solvents, and applying the coating multiple times and drying to form an image recording layer having a multilayer structure. It is possible.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer on the support obtained after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but is preferably from 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within the above range, good sensitivity and good film characteristics of the image recording layer can be obtained. As a coating method, a method described later can be used.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably provided with a protective layer (oxygen blocking layer) on the image recording layer in order to block diffusion and intrusion of oxygen which hinders the polymerization reaction at the time of exposure.
  • a protective layer oxygen blocking layer
  • any of a water-soluble polymer and a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and if necessary, a mixture of two or more can be used.
  • polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned.
  • polyvinyl alcohol as a main component in terms of basic properties such as oxygen barrier properties and development removal properties. Gives the best results.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol used for the protective layer may be partially substituted with an ester, an ether, or an acetal as long as it contains an unsubstituted vinyl alcohol unit for having necessary oxygen barrier properties and water solubility. Similarly, a part may have another copolymer component.
  • Polyvinyl alcohol is obtained by hydrolyzing polyvinyl acetate. Specific examples of polyvinyl alcohol include those having 69.0 mol% to 100 mol% and having a polymerization repeating unit in the range of 300 to 2,400. Can be mentioned.
  • the content of polyvinyl alcohol in the protective layer is from 20% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol can be preferably used.
  • acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group is preferably used.
  • polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 are preferably mentioned.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or a modified product thereof is preferable from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, development removability, and the content in the protective layer is preferably Preferably it is 3.5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, still more preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • glycerin, dipropylene glycol or the like can be added to the (co) polymer in an amount equivalent to several mass% to impart flexibility.
  • Anionic surfactants such as sodium silicate; amphoteric surfactants such as alkylaminocarboxylates and alkylaminodicarboxylates; and nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether are added to the (co) polymer in a number. % By mass.
  • the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor preferably contains an inorganic layer compound for the purpose of improving oxygen barrier properties and image recording layer surface protective properties.
  • an inorganic layered compound for the purpose of improving oxygen barrier properties and image recording layer surface protective properties.
  • fluorine-based swellable synthetic mica which is a synthetic inorganic layered compound, is particularly useful.
  • an inorganic layered compound described in JP-A-2005-119273 is preferably exemplified.
  • the coating amount of the protective layer, the coating amount after drying is preferably in the range of 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 10g / m 2, when the protective layer contains the inorganic stratiform compound, 0.1 g / m more preferably in the range of 2 ⁇ 5g / m 2, in case of not containing an inorganic stratiform compound, it is more preferably in the range of 0.5g / m 2 ⁇ 5g / m 2.
  • the support used for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably an aluminum support, and more preferably a hydrophilized aluminum support. Among them, an anodized aluminum plate is more preferable, and a roughened and anodized aluminum plate is particularly preferable.
  • the surface roughening treatment and the anodic oxidation treatment can be performed by known methods. If necessary, the aluminum plate may be subjected to a process of enlarging or sealing micropores of an anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 or JP-A-2001-322365, and US Pat. Nos.
  • the support preferably has a center line average roughness Ra of 0.10 ⁇ m to 1.2 ⁇ m.
  • the color density of the support is preferably 0.15 to 0.65 as a reflection density value. Within this range, good image forming properties due to the prevention of halation during image exposure and good plate inspection properties after development can be obtained.
  • the thickness of the support is preferably from 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, more preferably from 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and even more preferably from 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm.
  • a back coat layer containing an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a silicon alkoxy compound described in JP-A-6-35174 is formed on the back surface of the support. Can be provided.
  • the surface of the support is subjected to a hydrophilic treatment, or an undercoat layer is provided between the support and the image recording layer. It is also preferable to provide.
  • Examples of the treatment for hydrophilizing the surface of the support include an alkali metal silicate treatment in which the support is immersed in an aqueous solution such as sodium silicate or an electrolytic treatment, a method of treating with potassium fluorozirconate, and a method of treating with polyvinyl phosphonic acid.
  • an alkali metal silicate treatment in which the support is immersed in an aqueous solution such as sodium silicate or an electrolytic treatment a method of treating with potassium fluorozirconate, and a method of treating with polyvinyl phosphonic acid.
  • a method of immersion treatment in an aqueous solution of polyvinyl phosphonic acid is preferably used.
  • an undercoat layer having a compound having an acid group such as phosphonic acid, phosphoric acid, or sulfonic acid is preferably used. It is preferable that these compounds further contain a polymerizable group in order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer.
  • a polymerizable group an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable.
  • a compound having a hydrophilicity-imparting group such as an ethyleneoxy group can also be mentioned as a suitable compound.
  • These compounds may be low molecular or high molecular polymers. These compounds may be used as a mixture of two or more kinds, if necessary.
  • the undercoat layer is applied by a known method.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2 , more preferably from 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor can be produced by applying a coating solution for each constituent layer according to a usual method, followed by drying to form each constituent layer.
  • a coating solution for each constituent layer for coating, a die coating method, a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a roller coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a slide coating method, or the like is used.
  • the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of performing a developing treatment with a developer having a pH of 10 or more and less than 12 (developing step), wherein the developer is an amphoteric surfactant and a component other than the amphoteric surfactant. And a surfactant. Further, it is preferable that the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure does not include a step of washing the planographic printing plate obtained by the developing treatment with water (rinsing step) after the step of performing the developing treatment.
  • water washing step refers to a step performed after the developing step in a general developing system. As the washing step, it is generally known to use any water such as general tap water, well water, ion-exchanged water, distilled water, etc. It is also known that fresh water is always used as the water used in the water washing step, or water used in the water washing step is circulated through a filter and reused.
  • the developer used in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure has a pH of 10 or more and less than 12, and contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
  • the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant.
  • amphoteric surfactant examples include betaine compounds (carbobetaine compounds), sulfobetaine compounds, amine oxide compounds, and phosphine oxide compounds.
  • betaine compounds carbobetaine compounds
  • sulfobetaine compounds examples include betaine compounds (carbobetaine compounds), sulfobetaine compounds, amine oxide compounds, and phosphine oxide compounds.
  • amphoteric surfactant preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II) from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and is represented by the following formula (II). More preferably, the compound contains
  • O— an ether bond
  • —O— an amide bond
  • R 4 to R 6 may have a linking group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a hydroxy group.
  • the carbon number of each of R 1 to R 3 is independently preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 24, further preferably 1 to 20, and particularly preferably 1 to 18. preferable.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of R 1 to R 3 in the formula (I) is preferably from 8 to 22, and more preferably from 10 to 20.
  • the above total number of carbon atoms means the total number of carbon atoms included in the linking group. is there.
  • R 1 to R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an acyloxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkoxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an amidoalkyl group, particularly preferably an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • one or two of the above R 4 to R 6 preferably have the above-mentioned linking group, and more preferably one has the above-mentioned linking group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a hydroxy group.
  • the carbon number of R 4 to R 6 is each independently preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 20, and particularly preferably 1 to 18. preferable.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of R 4 to R 6 in the formula (II) is preferably from 8 to 25, and more preferably from 11 to 21.
  • the above total number of carbon atoms means the total number of carbon atoms in the linking group. is there.
  • R 4 to R 6 is preferably an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an acyloxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkoxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an amidoalkyl group, particularly preferably an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • L represents an alkylene group, and the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, it has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group and the alkylene group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • A represents a carboxylate ion or a sulfonate ion, and is preferably a carboxylate ion.
  • BO-5 to BO-7, BC-1, BC-2, BC-5, or BC-6 is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the above formula (I) or (II).
  • Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (I) or (II) include “Amphitol” series manufactured by Kao Corporation, “Softazoline” series manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., and “Pionin” manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. C “series,” Sophamine “series,” Obazoline “series manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and the like, and commercially available products.
  • amphoteric surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the amphoteric surfactant is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the developing solution, from the viewpoints of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance. Is more preferable, and particularly preferably 4 to 10% by mass.
  • the developer contains a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
  • the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant include an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and a cationic surfactant.
  • at least one surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants and nonionic surfactants is preferred from the viewpoints of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
  • the anionic surfactant that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known anionic surfactant can be used.
  • the anionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and an aromatic ring structure, a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, and a phosphate.
  • a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of structures is more preferable, and a compound having an aromatic ring structure and a sulfonate structure is particularly preferable.
  • the aromatic ring structure is preferably a benzene ring structure or a naphthalene ring structure, more preferably a naphthalene ring structure, from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
  • anionic surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (III) or formula (IV).
  • R An1 ⁇ R An10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • LAn is an integer of 1 ⁇ 3
  • X An 1 and X An2 are each independently sulfone An acid base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 is 3 or more, and the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 is 3 or more.
  • one of R An1 to R An5 is preferably an alkyl group, and the other is preferably a hydrogen atom, and one of R An1 to R An5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. And the other is more preferably a hydrogen atom, and one of R An1 to R An5 is more preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and the other is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • one of R An6 to R An10 is preferably an alkyl group, and the other is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • One of R An6 to R An10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R An6 to R An10 is an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
  • R An8 in the formula (IV) is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R An1 to R An10 may be linear or branched.
  • sulfonate or is preferably a carboxylate group, and more preferably sulfonate.
  • carboxylate or phosphate base is an alkali metal salt of sulfonic acid is preferably an alkali metal base of an alkali metal base or phosphoric acid of the carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid More preferably, it is a sodium base, a carboxylic acid sodium base or a phosphoric acid sodium base.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 in the formula (III) is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 8 to 30, and particularly preferably 8 to 20.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 in the formula (IV) is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 8 to 30, and particularly preferably 8 to 20.
  • Nonionic surfactants that can be used in the present disclosure include, for example, polyethylene glycol-type higher alcohol ethylene oxide adducts, ethylene oxide adducts such as phenol and naphthol, fatty acid ethylene oxide adducts, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester ethylene Oxide adduct, higher alkylamine ethylene oxide adduct, fatty acid amide ethylene oxide adduct, ethylene oxide adduct of oils and fats, polypropylene glycol ethylene oxide adduct, dimethylsiloxane-ethylene oxide block copolymer, dimethylsiloxane- (propylene oxide-ethylene oxide ) Fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohol type glycerol and fatty acid esters of pentaerythritol Fatty acid esters of sorbitol and sorbitan, fatty acid esters of sucrose, alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid amides of alkanolamine
  • the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and more preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure. And a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring structure is preferably a benzene ring structure or a naphthalene ring structure, more preferably a naphthalene ring structure, from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
  • the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (V).
  • V X No -Y No -O- (A No ) p- (B No ) qH (V)
  • X No represents an aromatic group
  • Y No represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a No and B No are different groups
  • p and q each independently represents an integer of 0 to 100, and the sum of p and q is 2 or more.
  • X No in the formula (V) is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a tristyrylphenyl group, and more preferably a naphthyl group or a tristyrylphenyl group.
  • Y No in the formula (V) a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.
  • the sum of p and q is preferably 2 to 50, more preferably 10 to 30.
  • the compound represented by the formula (V) preferably has a — (CH 2 CH 2 O) r — structure. r represents an integer of 2 to 100, preferably 2 to 50, and more preferably 10 to 30.
  • the cationic surfactant that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known cationic surfactant can be used. Examples include alkylamine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, polyoxyethylene alkylamine salts, and polyethylenepolyamine derivatives.
  • Surfactants other than amphoteric surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably from 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer, from the viewpoints of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance. -5% by mass is more preferred.
  • the content of the amphoteric surfactant in the developer is preferably larger than the content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant in the developer from the viewpoints of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance.
  • the value of (the content of the amphoteric surfactant in the developer) / (the content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant in the developer) is 0 from the viewpoint of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance. It is preferably from 0.8 to 10, more preferably from 1.0 to 7, further preferably from 1.1 to 5, and particularly preferably from 2.0 to 4.0.
  • the developer preferably contains water.
  • water refers to pure water, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, and the like, and water of any hardness can be used.
  • the water content in the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 99.5 mass% or less, and it is more preferable that it is 99 mass% or less.
  • the developer preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoints of developability and suppression of development sludge.
  • the organic solvent is preferably an organic compound in a liquid state at normal temperature (20 ° C.).
  • the organic solvent is preferably a compound that solubilizes the development removal component.
  • the organic solvent is preferably dissolved at 20 ° C. in water which is a main component of the developer.
  • the development-removed component is solubilized by forming micelles with a surfactant (amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant) in the developer, or is dissolved by an organic solvent. .
  • the single-bath treatment is disadvantageous in terms of printing stains. This is thought to be because if the organic solvent of the developer adhering to the non-image area after development volatilizes, the development-removed components dissolved by the organic solvent precipitate and adhere to the non-image area surface. I have. Therefore, if there is no problem in developability, it is preferable that the content of the organic solvent is small.
  • the content of the organic solvent is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass or less, still more preferably 3% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass or less. preferable.
  • the organic solvent preferably has a solubility in water at 20 ° C. of 1.5 g / 100 ml to 7.0 g / 100 ml. More preferably, it is 2.5 g / 100 ml to 5.0 g / 100 ml.
  • organic solvent usable in the present disclosure examples include 1-pentanol (2.7 g / 100 ml), 2-pentanol (4.5 g / 100 ml), 3-pentanol (5.2 g / 100 ml), 2-methyl-1-butanol (3.0 g / 100 ml), 3-methyl-1-butanol (2.7 g / 100 ml), 3-methyl-2-butanol (5.6 g / 100 ml), neopentyl alcohol (3 0.5 g / 100 ml), 4-methyl-2-pentanol (2.0 g / 100 ml), benzyl alcohol (4.0 g / 100 ml), ethylene glycol monophenyl ether (2.7 g / 100 ml), propylene glycol mono n- Butyl ether (4.4 g / 100 ml), propyl acetate (1.6 g / 100 ml), isopropyl acetate (4.3 / 100 / 100
  • the pH of the developer is 10 or more and less than 12, and is preferably from 10.2 to 11.8, more preferably from 10.5 to 11.5, from the viewpoint of suppressing development sludge.
  • the developer may additionally contain an alkali agent for the purpose of adjusting pH and assisting dissolution of the non-image area image recording layer.
  • alkali agent include a metal hydroxide, a carbonate or a bicarbonate, and an organic alkali agent.
  • the metal hydroxide is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, more preferably lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or potassium hydroxide.
  • the carbonate and bicarbonate are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkali metal salts.
  • Examples of the alkali metal include lithium, sodium, and potassium, and sodium is particularly preferable.
  • organic alkaline agent examples include monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and monoisopropanol.
  • examples thereof include amine compounds such as amine, diisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, and pyridine; and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • a metal hydroxide or an organic alkali agent is preferable, an organic alkali agent is more preferable, and an amine compound is particularly preferable.
  • These alkaline agents are used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the developer preferably contains a water-soluble polymer compound for the purpose of, for example, protecting the surface of the non-image area after the development of the image recording layer is removed.
  • a water-soluble polymer compound that can be used in the present disclosure include soybean polysaccharide, starch, gum arabic, dextrin, cellulose derivatives (eg, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, methylcellulose, etc.) and modified products thereof, pullulan, polyvinyl alcohol and Derivatives, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylamide and acrylamide copolymers, vinyl methyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymer, vinyl acetate / maleic anhydride copolymer, styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer, and the like.
  • the preferred acid value of the water-soluble polymer compound is from 0 meq / g to 3.0 meq / g.
  • the acid value can be measured by titration with a 0.1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) using a general automatic titrator.
  • soybean polysaccharide conventionally known ones can be used.
  • Soyafive manufactured by Fuji Oil Co., Ltd.
  • various grades can be used.
  • Those that can be preferably used are those in which the viscosity of the 10% by mass aqueous solution is in the range of 10 mPa ⁇ sec to 100 mPa ⁇ sec.
  • starch examples include potato starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, wheat starch, corn starch, and the like, and further modified starches and starch derivatives thereof.
  • the modified starch can be produced by a method in which the number of glucose residues per molecule is decomposed in the range of 5 to 30 with an acid or an enzyme, and oxypropylene is further added in an alkali.
  • roasted starch such as British gum, enzyme-modified dextrin such as enzyme dextrin and Shardinger dextrin, oxidized starch shown in solubilized starch, pregelatinized starch such as denatured pregelatinized starch and non-denatured pregelatinized starch, Esterified starch such as phosphate starch, fat starch, sulfate starch, nitrate starch, xanthate starch and carbamic acid starch, carboxyalkyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, sulfoalkyl starch, cyanoethyl starch, allyl starch, benzyl starch, carbamylethyl Starch, etherified starch such as dialkylamino starch, crosslinked starch such as methylol crosslinked starch, hydroxyalkyl crosslinked starch, phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, dicarboxylic acid crosslinked starch, etc., starch
  • water-soluble polymer compounds soybean polysaccharide, starch, gum arabic, dextrin, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinyl alcohol is preferred, and gum arabic or starch is more preferred.
  • Two or more water-soluble polymer compounds can be used in combination.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer compound in the developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the developer may contain a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelating compound, an antifoaming agent, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt, and the like.
  • wetting agent ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, diglycerin and the like are suitably used.
  • One wetting agent may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination.
  • the wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
  • Preservatives include phenol or its derivatives, formalin, imidazole derivatives, sodium dehydroacetate, 4-isothiazolin-3-one derivatives, benzoisothiazolin-3-one, 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, benzotriazole derivatives , Amidating anidine derivatives, quaternary ammonium salts, derivatives such as pyridine, quinoline, guanidine, diazine, triazole derivatives, oxazole, oxazine derivatives, nitrobromoalcohol-based 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, 1,1-Dibromo-1-nitro-2-ethanol, 1,1-dibromo-1-nitro-2-propanol and the like can be preferably used.
  • One preservative may be used alone, but it is preferable to use two or more preservatives in combination so as to be effective against various molds and sterilization.
  • the content of the preservative is an amount stably exerting an effect on bacteria, mold, yeast and the like, and varies depending on the kind of bacteria, mold and yeast.
  • the range is preferably from 0.01% to 4% by mass.
  • Examples of the chelate compound include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, its potassium salt and its sodium salt; diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, its potassium salt and its sodium salt; triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt, and hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid , Potassium salt, sodium salt thereof; nitrilotriacetic acid, sodium salt thereof; 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, potassium salt, sodium salt thereof; aminotri (methylenephosphonic acid), potassium salt, sodium salt thereof And organic phosphonic acids or phosphonoalkanetricarboxylic acids.
  • Organic amine salts are also effective in place of the sodium and potassium salts of the above chelating agents.
  • the chelating agent is preferably selected from those which are stably present in the developer and do not impair printability.
  • the content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of
  • the defoaming agent compounds of general silicone type self-emulsification type, emulsification type, nonionic type HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) of 5 or less can be used. Silicone defoamers are preferred. Among them, any of emulsification dispersion type and solubilization can be used.
  • the content of the antifoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
  • organic acid examples include citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, salicylic acid, caprylic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, levulinic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, phytic acid, and organic phosphonic acid.
  • Organic acids can also be used in the form of their alkali metal or ammonium salts.
  • the content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
  • the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium phosphate monobasic, ammonium phosphate dibasic, sodium phosphate monobasic, sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate monobasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, Examples include sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogen sulfate, nickel sulfate, and the like.
  • the content of the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
  • the developing process in the developing step is not particularly limited and may be performed by a known method, but is preferably performed using an automatic processor equipped with a rubbing member. Further, the development processing can be suitably performed by an automatic processor equipped with a supply means for the developer or the like.
  • the automatic processor include an automatic processor described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-235227, which performs a rubbing process while transporting a lithographic printing plate precursor after image recording. Among them, an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is particularly preferable.
  • the rotating brush roll that can be preferably used in the present disclosure can be appropriately selected in consideration of the difficulty of damaging the image area, the stiffness of the lithographic printing plate precursor support, and the like.
  • a known one formed by implanting a brush material in a plastic or metal roll can be used.
  • metal or plastic in which a brush material is implanted in a row is used.
  • a brush roll obtained by radially wrapping the grooved material radially around a plastic or metal roll serving as a core can be used.
  • the brush material examples include plastic fibers (for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamides such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, and polyacrylics such as polyacrylonitrile and polyalkyl (meth) acrylate). , And polyolefin-based synthetic fibers such as polypropylene and polystyrene).
  • plastic fibers for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamides such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, and polyacrylics such as polyacrylonitrile and polyalkyl (meth) acrylate).
  • polyolefin-based synthetic fibers such as polypropylene and polystyrene
  • fibers having a hair diameter of 20 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m and a hair length of 5 mm to 30 mm can be suitably used.
  • the outer diameter of the rotating brush roll is preferably 30 mm to 200 mm, and the peripheral
  • the rotating direction of the rotating brush roll may be the same direction or the opposite direction to the conveying direction of the planographic printing plate precursor, but as shown in FIG. 2, two or more rotating brush rolls are used.
  • the removal of the image recording layer in the unexposed portion is further ensured.
  • the developer used in the present disclosure may always use a fresh solution, but it is preferable that the developer after the development processing is circulated through a filter and used repeatedly.
  • any filter can be used as long as foreign matter mixed in the developer can be filtered.
  • polyester resin, polypropylene resin, polyethylene resin, cellulose resin, cotton and the like are preferably used.
  • the filter is housed in a housing in the form of a cartridge as a replaceable filter.
  • the cartridge is, for example, a pleated type formed by subjecting a filter paper made of cellulose fiber to an epoxy resin processing for reinforcement of strength and prevention of fiber detachment, and pleating in order to increase a filtration area, a yarn composed of many fibers (fiber of fiber).
  • Bundle is wound up to obtain a gentler density gradient than the central cylinder, or the adsorbent is stored in a plastic case made of polyethylene or the like, or mainly composed of resin, cellulose, glass fiber and water-absorbing polymer It is preferable to use an adsorption type in which an adsorbent such as activated carbon is supported on the media.
  • the adsorbent was selected from silica gel, activated carbon, activated aluminum, molecular sieves, clay and superabsorbent fibers, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, potassium permanganate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium phosphate and active metals Materials and ion exchangers used for various filters can be used.
  • a cartridge filter “TCW type”, “TCP type”, “TCS type” or the like manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. is preferably used.
  • the mesh diameter of the filter is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 20 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
  • drying step it is arbitrarily possible to provide a drying step after the developing step. It is particularly preferable to provide it in the last step of the automatic processor.
  • the drying step is preferably performed by removing most of the developer with a roller nip and then blowing dry air at an arbitrary temperature.
  • % and parts mean “% by mass” and “parts by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified.
  • the numbers at the lower right of the structural units of the compounds represent molar ratios unless otherwise specified.
  • the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • an electrochemical surface roughening treatment was continuously performed using an AC voltage of 60 Hz.
  • the electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ion), and the solution temperature was 50 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is an electrochemical roughening process using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time TP from a current value reaching zero to a peak to a peak value of 0.8 msec, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a carbon electrode as a counter electrode.
  • Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was shunted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Thereafter, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • nitric acid electrolysis was performed using a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the conditions of an electric charge of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode.
  • Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was performed in the same manner as described above, and then water washing was performed by spraying.
  • a 2.5 g / m 2 DC anodic oxide film was formed on the plate at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 using a 15% by mass aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution. And dried.
  • a water vapor at 100 ° C. was sprayed onto the anodic oxide film at a pressure of 1.033 ⁇ 10 5 Pa for 8 seconds to perform a sealing treatment.
  • the aluminum support obtained by the anodic oxidation treatment was immersed in a treatment liquid at 53 ° C. in which 0.4% by mass of polyvinylphosphonic acid (manufactured by PCAS) was dissolved in pure water for 10 seconds, and excess nip rolls were used. The treatment liquid was completely removed, and an aluminum support 1 was produced.
  • undercoat layer coating solution (1) was applied onto the aluminum support 1 so that the dry coating amount was 20 mg / m 2 , to prepare a support having an undercoat layer.
  • the image recording layer coating solution 1 was prepared in the same manner as the image recording layer coating solution 1 except that the binder polymer was changed to the following binder polymer.
  • binder polymer 4.09 parts by mass SR399 (manufactured by Sartomer Japan KK, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate): 2.66 parts by mass NK-Ester A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol) Hexaacrylate): 2.66 parts by mass CD9053 (ester compound of trifunctional organic acid manufactured by Sartomer Japan KK): 0.53 parts by mass bis-t-butylphenyliodonium tetraphenylborate: 0.96 parts by mass Fluor N2900 (Cytonix surfactant): 0.11 parts by mass Pigment 1: 0.73 parts by mass Infrared absorbent: 0.27 parts by mass Phosmer PE (manufactured by Unichemical Co., Ltd.): 0.55 parts by mass Exchanged water: 13.77 parts by mass 1-methoxy-2-propanol :
  • a protective layer coating solution 1 having the following composition was coated on the image recording layer with a bar, and then dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to provide a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2 .
  • a layer was formed to obtain each lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was image-exposed using a Violet semiconductor laser plate setter Vx9600 (InGaN-based semiconductor laser (emission wavelength: 405 nm ⁇ 10 nm / output: 30 mW)) manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Imaging (FFEI). Image drawing was performed at a resolution of 2,438 dpi (dot per inch) using an FM screen (TAFFETA 20) manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation at a plate surface exposure of 0.05 mJ / cm 2 .
  • Vx9600 InGaN-based semiconductor laser (emission wavelength: 405 nm ⁇ 10 nm / output: 30 mW)
  • FFEI Fujifilm Electronic Imaging
  • the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to an external drum rotation speed of 1,000 rpm (each time), a laser output of 70%, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi using a Fujifilm Corporation Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. (Dot per inch).
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor was developed using the developing solution shown in Table 2 and the following developing conditions 1 or 2 shown in Table 2 to produce each lithographic printing plate.
  • the automatic development processor shown in FIG. 1 includes a pre-heating unit 104 that heats the entire surface of a lithographic printing plate precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as a “PS plate”) 100 before development, a developing unit 106 that develops the PS plate 100, A drying unit 110 for drying the PS plate 100 after development is provided.
  • a pre-heating unit 104 that heats the entire surface of a lithographic printing plate precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as a “PS plate”) 100 before development
  • a developing unit 106 that develops the PS plate 100
  • a drying unit 110 for drying the PS plate 100 after development is provided.
  • the PS plate 100 subjected to the image exposure is carried into the pre-heating unit 104 by the carry-in roller 112 from the carry-in entrance, and is heated in the heating chamber 105.
  • a skewer roller 114 is provided in the heating chamber 105.
  • the heating chamber 105 is provided with a heating means such as a heating means (not shown) and a hot air supply means.
  • the PS plate 100 is transported to the developing unit 106 by the transport rollers 116.
  • a transport roller 122, a brush roller 124, and a squeeze roller 126 are provided in this order from the upstream side in the transport direction, and a backup roller 128 is provided at an appropriate position therebetween.
  • the PS plate 100 is immersed in the developing solution while being conveyed by the conveying roller 122 and the brush roller 124 is rotated to remove a non-image portion of the PS plate 100 and is subjected to development processing.
  • the developed PS plate 100 is conveyed to the next drying unit 110 by a squeeze roller (unloading roller) 126.
  • the drying unit 110 is provided with a guide roller 136 and a pair of skewer rollers 138 in order from the upstream side in the transport direction.
  • the drying unit 110 is provided with a drying unit (not shown) such as a hot air supply unit and a heating unit.
  • the drying unit 110 is provided with a discharge port, and the PS plate 100 dried by the drying unit is discharged from the discharge port, and the automatic development processing for the PS plate is completed.
  • the exposed master was developed using the developing solutions shown in Table 2 using an automatic developing apparatus for one-bath processing shown in FIG. 2, and then dried with a dryer.
  • Table 1 shows the compositions of the developing solutions 1 to 15 used in the above development processing.
  • each numerical value except the pH column in Table 1 represents the amount of each component, and the unit of the amount of each component is parts by mass.
  • diethanolamine was added to Table 1 in such an amount as to give a pH.
  • the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was alternately laminated with interleaving paper (F interleaving paper manufactured by Daiichi Container Co., Ltd.) to produce a lithographic printing plate precursor laminate.
  • the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor laminate was stacked at a height of 1 m, vibrated for 10 minutes (frequency range: 5 Hz to 55 Hz), exposed and developed under the conditions shown in Table 2, and the non-image The state of occurrence of scratches in the part was visually evaluated.
  • the following criteria were used as evaluation scales. 5: No scratch. 4: There is one scratch that cannot be confirmed with the naked eye, but can be confirmed with a loupe of 6 magnifications. 3: There are some scratches that cannot be confirmed with the naked eye, but can be confirmed with a loupe of 6 magnifications. 2: There are scratches that can be visually confirmed at a plurality of locations. 1: There are scratches over the entire surface.
  • ⁇ Print durability evaluation> As the number of printed sheets is increased, the image of the image recording layer formed on the lithographic printing plate is gradually worn and ink receptivity is reduced, and accordingly, the ink density of the image on the printing paper is reduced.
  • the printing durability index was evaluated based on the number of printed sheets when the ink density (reflection density) decreased by 0.1 from the start of printing.
  • 61 rotating brush roll
  • 62 receiving roll
  • 64 transport guide plate
  • 65 spray pipe
  • 66 pipeline
  • 68 plate feeding table
  • 69 plate discharging table
  • 70 development Liquid tank
  • 72 planographic printing plate precursor
  • 100 planographic printing plate precursor
  • 104 preheating unit
  • 105 heating chamber
  • 106 developing unit
  • 110 drying unit
  • 112 carry-in roller
  • 114 Skewer roller
  • 120 developing tank
  • 128 backup roller
  • 136 guide roller
  • 138 skewer roller
  • D planographic printing plate precursor Transport direction

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

A method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprises a step of exposing a lithographic printing original plate that includes an image-recording layer on a support, and a step of carrying out a development process using a developing solution having a pH of at least 10 but less than 12. The image-recording layer contains a binder having a constituent unit represented by formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound. The developing solution contains an amphoteric surfactant and a non-amphoteric surfactant. In formula (Bn), R1 to R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R4 to R8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent; and L1 represents a divalent linking group.

Description

平版印刷版の作製方法How to make a lithographic printing plate
 本開示は、平版印刷版の作製方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a method for producing a lithographic printing plate.
 一般に、平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と、湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。平版印刷は、水と油性インキが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙などの被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
 この平版印刷版を作製するため、従来、親水性の支持体上に親油性の感光性樹脂層(画像記録層)を設けてなる平版印刷版原版(PS版)が広く用いられている。通常は、平版印刷版原版を、リスフィルムなどの原画を通した露光を行った後、画像部に対応する画像記録層を残存させ、非画像部に対応する不要な画像記録層をpH12以上の強アルカリ性現像液によって溶解除去し、親水性の支持体表面を露出させて非画像部を形成する方法により製版を行って、平版印刷版を得ている。
In general, a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area that receives ink during a printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution. Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, so that the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area and the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area). In this method, a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of a lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only on an image portion, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
Conventionally, in order to produce this lithographic printing plate, a lithographic printing plate precursor (PS plate) comprising a hydrophilic support and a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) provided thereon is widely used. Usually, after the lithographic printing plate precursor is exposed through an original image such as a lithographic film, the image recording layer corresponding to the image portion is left, and the unnecessary image recording layer corresponding to the non-image portion is adjusted to pH 12 or more. A lithographic printing plate is obtained by performing plate making by dissolving and removing with a strong alkaline developer and exposing a hydrophilic support surface to form a non-image portion.
 一方、近年、画像情報をコンピュータで電子的に処理し、蓄積し、出力する、デジタル化技術が広く普及してきており、このようなデジタル化技術に対応した新しい画像出力方式が種々実用されるようになってきている。これに伴い、レーザー光のような高収斂性の輻射線にデジタル化された画像情報を担持させて、その光で平版印刷版原版を走査露光し、リスフィルムを介することなく、直接平版印刷版を製造するコンピュータ・トゥ・プレート(CTP)技術が注目されてきている。したがって、このような技術に適応した平版印刷版原版を得ることが重要な技術課題の一つとなっている。
 上述したCTP技術に用いられるレーザー光源として、波長760nm~1,200nmの赤外線を放射する半導体レーザー及びYAGレーザー等の固体レーザーは、高出力かつ小型のものを安価に入手できるようになったことから、極めて有用である。また、UVレーザーも用いることができる。
On the other hand, in recent years, digitization techniques for electronically processing, storing, and outputting image information with a computer have become widespread, and various new image output methods corresponding to such digitization techniques have been put to practical use. It is becoming. Along with this, digitized image information is carried on highly convergent radiation such as laser light, and the lithographic printing plate precursor is scanned and exposed with the light, and directly through the lithographic printing plate without passing through a lithographic film. The computer-to-plate (CTP) technology for manufacturing GaN has attracted attention. Therefore, obtaining a lithographic printing plate precursor adapted to such a technique is one of the important technical issues.
Solid-state lasers such as semiconductor lasers and YAG lasers that emit infrared light having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm as laser light sources used in the above-described CTP technology have become available at low cost and with high output and small size. Very useful. Also, a UV laser can be used.
 また、従来の平版印刷版の作製方法としては、特許文献1~3に記載された方法が知られている。
 特許文献1には、画像形成済平版印刷版を製造する方法であって、(a)(i)親水性表面を有する基材と、(ii)ラジカル重合性コーティングと、(iii)酸素不透過性の水溶性又は水分散性オーバーコートと、含むネガ型平版印刷版前駆体を、上記ラジカル重合性コーティングが感受性である輻射線に像様露光し、(b)(i)水と、(ii)少なくとも1種の界面活性剤と、(iii)少なくとも1種の水溶性で皮膜形成性の親水性ポリマーと、(iv)pH9.5~14を得るのに十分な量の少なくとも1種のアルカリ性試薬と、(v)任意選択的に、有機溶剤、殺生物剤、錯化剤、緩衝剤物質、フィルタ染料、消泡剤、防食剤及びラジカル阻害剤から選択された1種又は2種以上の添加剤と、を含む水性アルカリ性処理液で、像様露光済前駆体を処理し、(c)工程(b)で得られた処理済前駆体から過剰の処理液を除去し、(d)任意選択的に、乾燥させ、(e)任意選択的に、ベーキングし、(f)工程(c)、(d)又は(e)で得られた前駆体を印刷機上に載置し、次いで、これを湿し水及び印刷インクに同時又は順次に接触させることを含み、但し、工程(a)~(f)のうちのいずれかの工程間にも洗浄工程がないことを条件とし、さらに、工程(c)が洗浄工程ではないことを条件とし、そしてさらに、工程(b)の後にガム引き工程がないことを条件とする、画像形成済平版印刷版を製造する方法が記載されている。
 特許文献2には、親水性支持体上に、(A)重合開始剤、(B)重合性化合物、(C)増感色素及び(D)バインダーポリマーを含有する感光層と保護層とをこの順に有する平版印刷版原版を、レーザー露光した後、現像液の存在下に保護層及び非露光部の感光層を除去する平版印刷版の作製方法であって、上記現像液が、両性イオン系界面活性剤及びアルキレンオキサイド鎖を有するノニオン系界面活性剤を含有するpHが2以上10未満の現像液であることを特徴とする平版印刷版の作製方法が記載されている。
 特許文献3には、表面に親水化処理が施された及び/又は下塗り層を有する支持体上に、画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を、画像様露光により露光部の画像記録層を硬化させた後、pH2~10の水溶液にて現像処理を行う平版印刷版原版の処理方法において、上記現像処理に用いる水溶液が、両性界面活性剤並びに脂肪鎖を有し、脂肪鎖の総炭素数が6以上であるアニオン性界面活性剤及び芳香環を有し、総炭素数が12以上であるアニオン性界面活性剤から選択されるアニオン性界面活性剤を含有し、且つ上記アニオン性界面活性剤の含有量が、上記水溶液全体に対して0.1~3.3質量%である事を特徴とする平版印刷版原版の処理方法が記載されている。
Further, as a conventional method for producing a lithographic printing plate, the methods described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 are known.
Patent Document 1 discloses a method for producing an image-formed lithographic printing plate, comprising (a) (i) a substrate having a hydrophilic surface, (ii) a radically polymerizable coating, and (iii) oxygen impermeable. A negative water-soluble or water-dispersible overcoat and a negative-working lithographic printing plate precursor comprising imagewise exposure to radiation to which the radically polymerizable coating is sensitive, (b) (i) water and (ii) ) At least one surfactant, (iii) at least one water-soluble, film-forming hydrophilic polymer, and (iv) at least one alkaline agent in an amount sufficient to obtain a pH of 9.5-14. A reagent and (v) one or more optionally selected from organic solvents, biocides, complexing agents, buffer substances, filter dyes, defoamers, anticorrosives and radical inhibitors An aqueous alkaline processing solution containing an additive, and an imagewise exposed precursor (C) removing excess treatment solution from the treated precursor obtained in step (b), (d) optionally drying, (e) optionally baking, f) placing the precursor obtained in step (c), (d) or (e) on a printing press, and then contacting it with a fountain solution and printing ink simultaneously or sequentially; However, provided that there is no washing step between any of the steps (a) to (f), that the step (c) is not a washing step, and that the step (c) There is described a method for producing an imaged lithographic printing plate, provided that there is no gumming step after b).
Patent Document 2 discloses that a photosensitive layer and a protective layer containing (A) a polymerization initiator, (B) a polymerizable compound, (C) a sensitizing dye, and (D) a binder polymer are formed on a hydrophilic support. A method of preparing a lithographic printing plate precursor, comprising: exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having, in order, a laser exposure and then removing a protective layer and a photosensitive layer in a non-exposed portion in the presence of a developer. A method for preparing a lithographic printing plate is described, wherein the developer contains a surfactant and a nonionic surfactant having an alkylene oxide chain and has a pH of 2 to less than 10.
Patent Literature 3 discloses that a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support having a surface subjected to a hydrophilic treatment and / or having an undercoat layer is cured by imagewise exposure. Then, in the method for processing a lithographic printing plate precursor, which is subjected to development with an aqueous solution having a pH of 2 to 10, the aqueous solution used for the development has an amphoteric surfactant and a fatty chain, and the total carbon number of the fatty chain is It has an anionic surfactant having 6 or more and an aromatic ring, and contains an anionic surfactant selected from an anionic surfactant having a total carbon number of 12 or more. A method for treating a lithographic printing plate precursor characterized in that the content is 0.1 to 3.3% by mass based on the entire aqueous solution is described.
  特許文献1:特表2009-540377号公報
  特許文献2:特開2011-180291号公報
  特許文献3:特開2009-86344号公報
Patent Document 1: JP-T-2009-540377 Patent Document 2: JP-A-2011-180291 Patent Document 3: JP-A-2009-86344
 本発明の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することである。 The problem to be solved by the embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate having excellent suppression of development sludge.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 支持体上に画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を露光する工程、及び、pHが10以上12未満の現像液により現像処理を行う工程を含み、上記画像記録層は、下記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー、光重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を含み、上記現像液が、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support, and a step of performing a development treatment with a developer having a pH of 10 or more and less than 12; Lithographic printing comprising a binder having a constitutional unit represented by Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound, wherein the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant. How to make a plate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(Bn)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は一価の置換基を表し、Lは二価の連結基を表す。 In the formula (Bn), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
<2> 上記露光する工程における上記露光を、波長760nm~1,200nmのレーザー光により行う<1>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<3> 上記露光する工程における上記露光を、波長250nm~420nmのレーザー光により行う<1>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<4> 上記現像処理を行う工程後に、現像処理して得られた平版印刷版を水洗する工程を含まない<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<5> 上記両性界面活性剤が、下記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物を含む<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<2> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to <1>, wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by laser light having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
<3> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to <1>, wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by a laser beam having a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm.
<4> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of <1> to <3>, which does not include a step of washing the lithographic printing plate obtained by the developing treatment after the step of performing the developing treatment.
<5> The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains a compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(I)及び式(II)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、上記R~Rにおける上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、上記R~Rにおける上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、Lはアルキレン基を表し、Aはカルボン酸イオン又はスルホン酸イオンを表す。 In the formulas (I) and (II), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O) in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in the above R 1 to R 3 . O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide bond (—NH— (C = O) —), and R 4 to R 6 may have a linking group. Each independently represents an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O) O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide bond (in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in R 4 to R 6 ) It may have a linking group selected from the group consisting of -NH- (C = O)-), L represents an alkylene group, and A represents a carboxylate ion or a sulfonate ion.
<6> 上記両性界面活性剤が、上記式(II)で表される化合物を含む<5>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<7> 上記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つが、上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中に、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び、エーテル結合よりなる群から選択される連結基を有し、かつAがカルボン酸イオンである<6>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<8> 上記両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤が、アニオン性界面活性剤及びノニオン性界面活性剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の界面活性剤である<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<9> 上記アニオン性界面活性剤が、芳香環構造と、スルホン酸塩構造、カルボン酸塩構造、及びリン酸塩構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構造とを有する化合物である<8>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<10> 上記アニオン性界面活性剤が、下記式(III)又は式(IV)で表される化合物である<9>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<6> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to <5>, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains the compound represented by the formula (II).
<7> At least one of R 4 to R 6 has a linking group selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an amide bond, and an ether bond in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group; <6> is a carboxylate ion.
<8> Any of <1> to <7>, wherein the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant is at least one surfactant selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant. The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of the first to third aspects.
<9> The anionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, and a phosphate structure. 8> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate described in <8>.
<10> The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to <9>, wherein the anionic surfactant is a compound represented by the following formula (III) or (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(III)及び式(IV)中、RAn1~RAn10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、LAnは1~3の整数を表し、XAn1及びXAn2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホン酸塩基、カルボン酸塩基又はリン酸塩基を表し、RAn1~RAn5の炭素数の総和が3以上であり、RAn6~RAn10の炭素数の総和が3以上である。 In formulas (III) and (IV), R An1 ~ R An10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, LAn is an integer of 1 ~ 3, X An 1 and X An2 are each independently sulfone An acid base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 is 3 or more, and the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 is 3 or more.
<11> 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤が、芳香環構造と、アルキレンオキシ鎖構造とを有する化合物である<8>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<12> 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤が、下記式(V)で表される化合物である<11>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
  XNo-YNo-O-(ANo)p-(BNo)q-H   (V)
 式(V)中、XNoは芳香族基を表し、YNoは単結合又は炭素数1~10のアルキレン基を表し、ANo及びBNoは互いに異なる基であって、-CHCHO-又は-CHCH(CH)O-を表し、p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、p及びqの和は2以上である。
<13> 上記現像液が、有機溶剤を含む<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<14> 上記バインダーが、下記式(Ac)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Al)で表される構成単位を更に有する<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<11> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of <8> to <10>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure.
<12> The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to <11>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound represented by the following formula (V).
X No -Y No -O- (A No ) p- (B No ) qH (V)
In the formula (V), X No represents an aromatic group, Y No represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A No and B No are different groups, and —CH 2 CH 2 Represents O— or —CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O—, p and q each independently represents an integer of 0 to 100, and the sum of p and q is 2 or more.
<13> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the developer contains an organic solvent.
<14> The binder according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the binder further has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al). How to make a lithographic printing plate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(Ac)及び式(Al)中、RAc及びRAlはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 In the formulas (Ac) and (Al), R Ac and R Al each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 本発明の実施形態によれば、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することができる。 According to the embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate excellent in suppressing development sludge.
本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法に好適に用いることができる自動現像装置の概略構成図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of an automatic developing device that can be suitably used in a method of manufacturing a planographic printing plate according to the present disclosure. 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法に好適に用いることができる1浴処理用自動現像装置の構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an automatic developing apparatus for one-bath processing that can be suitably used in a method of manufacturing a planographic printing plate according to the present disclosure.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本明細書において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本明細書中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 また、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
 また、本明細書中の「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。
 また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶媒THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本明細書において、「平版印刷版原版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版だけでなく、捨て版原版を包含する。また、「平版印刷版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版を、必要により、露光、現像などの操作を経て作製された平版印刷版だけでなく、捨て版を包含する。捨て版原版の場合には、必ずしも、露光、現像の操作は必要ない。なお、捨て版とは、例えばカラーの新聞印刷において一部の紙面を単色又は2色で印刷を行う場合に、使用しない版胴に取り付けるための平版印刷版原版である。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, the content of the present disclosure will be described in detail. The description of the components described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In this specification, “to” indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as a lower limit and an upper limit.
In the numerical ranges described in stages in this specification, the upper limit or lower limit described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of the numerical range described in other stages. Good. Further, in the numerical ranges described in this specification, the upper limit or the lower limit of the numerical ranges may be replaced with the values shown in the embodiments.
Further, in the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation of not indicating substituted or unsubstituted includes not only a group having no substituent but also a group having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “(meth) acryl” is a term used in a concept including both acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. It is.
In addition, the term “step” in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, the term is used as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved. included.
In the present disclosure, “mass%” and “wt%” have the same meaning, and “mass part” and “part by weight” have the same meaning.
Furthermore, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
In addition, columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) are used for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure unless otherwise specified. It is a molecular weight detected by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer using a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer and converted using polystyrene as a standard substance.
In this specification, the term “lithographic printing plate precursor” includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also a discarded plate precursor. Further, the term “lithographic printing plate” includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a lithographic printing plate produced through operations such as exposure and development, if necessary, as well as a discarded plate. In the case of a discarded plate master, the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required. The discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
(平版印刷版の作製方法)
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、支持体上に画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」ともいう。)、及び、pHが10以上12未満の現像液により現像処理を行う工程(以下、「現像工程」ともいう。)を含み、上記画像記録層は、下記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー、光重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を含み、上記現像液が、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含む。
(How to make a lithographic printing plate)
The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and a pH of from 10 to less than 12. The image recording layer includes a step of performing a development treatment with a developer (hereinafter, also referred to as a “development step”). The image recording layer includes a binder having a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and It contains a polymerizable compound, and the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式(Bn)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は一価の置換基を表し、Lは二価の連結基を表す。 In the formula (Bn), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
 式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーを含む画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を現像すると、現像除去後の画像記録層成分が現像液中で凝集及び沈降した現像スラッジと呼ばれるヘドロ状堆積物が多く発生する場合があることを、本発明者らは見出した。
 本発明者らは、式(Bn)で表される構成単位における芳香環構造同士が、π-π相互作用により、上記バインダー同士が凝集しやすいため、現像スラッジが多く発生するものと推定している。
 本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、上記構成をとることにより、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れる平版印刷版の作製方法を提供できることを見出した。
 上記構成による優れた効果の作用機構は明確ではないが、以下のように推定している。
 本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含むpHが10以上12未満の現像液を用いて現像することにより、現像液の特定のpH範囲において、両性界面活性剤と両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とが協奏的に作用し、現像除去後の画像記録層成分の凝集及び沈降を抑制し、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れると考えられる。
When a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer containing a binder having a structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is developed, the image recording layer components after the development and removal are agglomerated and settled in a developing solution, called sludge called development sludge. The present inventors have found that a large amount of deposits may occur.
The present inventors presume that the aromatic ring structures in the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) are likely to aggregate with each other due to the π-π interaction, so that a large amount of development sludge is generated. I have.
As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that the above configuration can provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate having excellent suppression of development sludge.
The action mechanism of the excellent effect by the above configuration is not clear, but is estimated as follows.
As a result of extensive studies by the present inventors, the pH of a developer containing an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant of 10 or more and less than 12 is used to develop the developer. In the pH range, it is considered that the amphoteric surfactant and the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant act in concert to suppress aggregation and sedimentation of the image recording layer components after the development is removed, and are excellent in suppressing the development sludge. Can be
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、両性界面活性剤は帯電防止効果を持つため、現像処理後に両性界面活性剤を含む現像液が非画像部表面に付着することで摩擦係数が低下し、非画像部に傷が生じにくくなり、耐傷性にも優れると推定している。 Further, in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, since the amphoteric surfactant has an antistatic effect, the friction coefficient is increased by the fact that the developer containing the amphoteric surfactant adheres to the surface of the non-image portion after the development processing. It is presumed that the density of the non-image portion is reduced, and the non-image portion is less likely to be scratched.
<露光工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、支持体上に画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を露光する工程(露光工程)を含み、上記画像記録層は、下記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー、光重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を含む。
 上記現像工程に先立って、上記露光工程を行う。上記露光工程においては、平版印刷版原版を、線画像、網点画像等を有する透明原画を通して露光するかデジタルデータによるレーザー光走査等で画像様に露光することが好ましい。
 なお、本開示における「画像」とは、図形、絵写真などのような狭義の画像のほか、文字、数字、記号などをも含む概念であり、それらが混在しているものも含むものとする。
 露光に好適な光源としては、カーボンアーク灯、水銀灯、キセノンランプ、メタルハイラドランプ、ストロボ、発光ダイオード(LED)、レーザー光線などが挙げられる。特にレーザー光が好ましく、波長760nm~1,200nmの赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザー、波長250nm~420nmの光を放射する紫外線半導体レーザー、可視光を放射するアルゴンイオンレーザー、FD(Frequency Doubled)-YAG(Yttrium Aluminum Garnet)レーザーなどが挙げられる。中でも、上記露光工程における上記露光を、製版の簡易化の点からは、波長760nm~1,200nmのレーザー光により行うことが好ましく、また、解像性の点からは、波長250nm~420nmのレーザー光により行うことが好ましい。
 また、製版の簡易化の点からは、白灯又は黄色灯下で作業を行うことができる赤外線を放射するレーザーが好ましい。
 赤外レーザーに関しては、出力は100mW以上であることが好ましく、1画素当たりの露光時間は20μs以内であることが好ましく、また、照射エネルギー量は10mJ/cm~300mJ/cmであることが好ましい。露光時間を短縮するためマルチビームレーザーデバイスを用いることが好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support (exposure step), and the image recording layer is represented by the following formula (Bn). And a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
Prior to the development step, the exposure step is performed. In the exposure step, it is preferable to expose the lithographic printing plate precursor through a transparent original having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or to imagewise expose by laser beam scanning using digital data.
The “image” in the present disclosure is a concept that includes not only images in a narrow sense, such as figures and pictorial photographs, but also characters, numbers, and symbols, and includes an image in which these are mixed.
Light sources suitable for the exposure include a carbon arc lamp, a mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a metal halide lamp, a strobe, a light emitting diode (LED), a laser beam, and the like. Laser light is particularly preferable, and solid-state lasers and semiconductor lasers that emit infrared light with a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm, ultraviolet semiconductor lasers that emit light with a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm, argon ion lasers that emit visible light, and FD (Frequency Doubled) —YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) laser and the like. Above all, the exposure in the exposure step is preferably performed with a laser beam having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm from the viewpoint of simplification of plate making, and a laser having a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm from the viewpoint of resolution. It is preferable to use light.
In addition, from the viewpoint of simplification of plate making, a laser that emits infrared light capable of performing work under a white light or a yellow light is preferable.
Regarding the infrared laser, the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 μs, and the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. It is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device to shorten the exposure time.
<<平版印刷版原版>>
 本開示に用いられる平版印刷版原版は、画像露光した領域が硬化して画像部となり、未露光部が前述のような現像処理によって除去されることにより非画像部を形成するネガ型の画像形成能を有する。なお、本開示において、「支持体上に画像記録層を有する」とは、支持体上に画像記録層が直接接して設けられていても、支持体と画像記録層との間に他の層が設けられていてもよく、平版印刷版原版において所望により設けられる保護層、下塗り層、中間層、バックコート層など任意の層の存在を否定するものではない。
<< Lithographic printing plate precursor >>
The lithographic printing plate precursor used in the present disclosure is a negative-type image forming method in which an image-exposed region is cured to form an image portion, and an unexposed portion is removed by a development process as described above to form a non-image portion. Has ability. In the present disclosure, "having an image recording layer on a support" means that, even if the image recording layer is provided directly on the support, another layer is provided between the support and the image recording layer. May be provided, and this does not deny the existence of optional layers such as a protective layer, an undercoat layer, an intermediate layer, and a back coat layer which are optionally provided in the lithographic printing plate precursor.
〔画像記録層〕
 本開示に用いられる平版印刷版原版における画像記録層は、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー、光重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を含む。
 また、上記画像記録層は、赤外光感応性の画像記録層であることが好ましい。
 更に、上記画像記録層は、赤外光感応性であり、かつトリフェニルアルキルボレート塩化合物又はテトラフェニルボレート塩化合物を少なくとも含有することがより好ましく、銅フタロシアニン顔料を更に含有することが更に好ましい。
 また、上記画像記録層は、赤外光感応性であり、かつボレート塩を含有せず、着色染料を含有することもより好ましい。
 これら赤外光感応性の画像記録層においては、シアニン色素及びヨードニウム塩を含有していることが特に好ましい。
 以下に、画像記録層に含まれる各成分について、順次説明する。
(Image recording layer)
The image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor used in the present disclosure includes a binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
The image recording layer is preferably an infrared-sensitive image recording layer.
Further, the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive and more preferably contains at least a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound, and further preferably further contains a copper phthalocyanine pigment.
It is more preferable that the image recording layer is sensitive to infrared light, does not contain a borate salt, and contains a coloring dye.
It is particularly preferable that these infrared-sensitive image recording layers contain a cyanine dye and an iodonium salt.
Hereinafter, each component contained in the image recording layer will be sequentially described.
-式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー-
 上記画像記録層は、下記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーを含む。
-Binder having structural unit represented by formula (Bn)-
The image recording layer contains a binder having a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(Bn)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は一価の置換基を表し、Lは二価の連結基を表す。 In the formula (Bn), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
 式(Bn)におけるR及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
 式(Bn)におけるRは、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、水素原子又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。
 式(Bn)のR~Rにおける一価の置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、及び、これらの基における水素原子を1以上のこれらの基により更に置換した基が挙げられる。
 中でも、上記一価の置換基としては、耐傷性の観点から、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、又は、ヒドロキシ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 式(Bn)におけるR~Rの炭素数は、0~20であることが好ましく、0~8であることがより好ましく、0~4であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Bn)におけるR~Rはそれぞれ独立に、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、又は、ヒドロキシ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、又は、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Bn)におけるLは、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、アルキレン基、又は、アルキレン基、エステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される基を2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基であることが更に好ましく、メチレン基であることが特に好ましい。
R 1 and R 2 in Formula (Bn) are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 3 in the formula (Bn) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability.
Examples of the monovalent substituent for R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, and Examples include groups in which a hydrogen atom is further substituted with one or more of these groups.
Above all, the monovalent substituent is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, or a hydroxy group, and more preferably an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
The carbon number of R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) is preferably from 0 to 20, more preferably from 0 to 8, and even more preferably from 0 to 4.
R 4 to R 8 in the formula (Bn) are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, or a hydroxy group from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability. It is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
L in the formula (Bn) represents an alkylene group or an alkylene group, an ester bond (— (C = O) O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability. It is preferably a group obtained by combining two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a bond (—NH— (C = O) —), more preferably an alkylene group, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is particularly preferably a methylene group.
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位は、現像スラッジ抑制性、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、下記式(Bn-1)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましく、下記式(Bn-1)で表される構成単位であることがより好ましい。 The structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn-1) from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression, scratch resistance and printing durability. More preferably, it is a structural unit represented by Bn-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(Bn-1)中、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 In the formula (Bn-1), R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 式(Bn-1)におけるRは、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、水素原子又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。 R 9 in the formula (Bn-1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, from the viewpoint of scratch resistance and printing durability.
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位の具体例としては、下記に示す構成単位を好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものでないことは言うまでもない。 具体 Specific examples of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) include preferably the following structural units, but needless to say, the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上を有していてもよい。
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーにおける上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位の含有量は、現像スラッジ抑制性、耐傷性及び耐刷性の観点から、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの全質量に対し、5質量%~90質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~80質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~75質量%であることが更に好ましく、20質量%~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。
The binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have one kind of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) alone, or may have two or more kinds thereof.
The content of the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) in the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is determined from the viewpoint of the development sludge suppression, scratch resistance and printing durability from the viewpoint of the formula (Bn). ), Preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 15 to 75% by mass based on the total mass of the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (1). Is more preferable, and particularly preferably 20 to 50% by mass.
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を含んでいれば、残る構成単位は如何なるモノマー由来の構成単位でもよい。詳細は、後述するその他のバインダーポリマーにおいて詳述するアクリル樹脂に用いられるモノマー単位(構成単位)であることが好ましい。
 具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル((メタ)アクリレート)、アクリロニトリル、スチレン及びスチレン誘導体、並びに、ポリ(アルキレングリコール)(メタ)アクリレートの1又は2種以上から形成された構成単位を含むものが好ましい。
 また、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、アクリル樹脂であることが好ましい。なお、アクリル樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物及び(メタ)アクリル酸よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物由来の構成単位を、上記樹脂の全質量に対し、50質量%以上有する重合体であるものとする。
As long as the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) contains the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn), the remaining structural unit may be a structural unit derived from any monomer. The details are preferably monomer units (structural units) used in an acrylic resin described in detail in other binder polymers described below.
Specifically, it is formed from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylate), acrylonitrile, styrene and styrene derivatives, and poly (alkylene glycol) (meth) acrylate Preferred are those containing the structural units described above.
Further, the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably an acrylic resin. Note that the acrylic resin refers to a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate compound, a (meth) acrylamide compound, and (meth) acrylic acid, based on the total mass of the resin. It is assumed that the polymer has 50% by mass or more.
 また、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、現像性の観点から、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位(その他の構成単位)として、親水性基を有する構成単位を更に有することが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位(下記式(Ac)で表される構成単位)を更に有することがより好ましい。
 上記親水性基としては、カルボキシ基、又は、ヒドロキシ基が好ましく挙げられ、カルボキシ基がより好ましく挙げられる。
The binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is a hydrophilic group as a structural unit (other structural unit) other than the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) from the viewpoint of developability. It is preferable to further include a structural unit having the following formula, and it is more preferable to further include a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid (a structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac)).
As the hydrophilic group, a carboxy group or a hydroxy group is preferably mentioned, and a carboxy group is more preferably mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(Ac)中、RAcは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 In the formula (Ac), R Ac represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、親水性基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上を有していてもよい。
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーにおける親水性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像性の観点から、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの全質量に対し、1質量%~80質量%であることが好ましく、5質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~35質量%であることが特に好ましい。
The binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have a single structural unit having a hydrophilic group, or may have two or more structural units.
The content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group in the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) is determined based on the total mass of the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn) from the viewpoint of developability. On the other hand, it is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass.
 更に、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、耐刷性の観点から、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位(その他の構成単位)として、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を更に有することが好ましく、下記式(Al)で表される構成単位を更に有することがより好ましく、耐刷性及び現像性の観点から、上記式(Ac)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Al)で表される構成単位を更に有することが特に好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位におけるエチレン性不飽和基としては、耐刷性の観点から、特に制限はないが、アリル基、(メタ)アクリルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニルエステル基、ビニルエーテル基、又は、スチリル基(ビニルフェニル基)が好ましく挙げられ、アリル基、又は、(メタ)アクリルオキシ基がより好ましく挙げられ、アリル基が特に好ましく挙げられる。
Further, from the viewpoint of printing durability, the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) has an ethylenic property as a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) (other structural units). It is preferable to further have a structural unit having an unsaturated group, and it is more preferable that it further has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al). It is particularly preferable to further include a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al).
The ethylenically unsaturated group in the constitutional unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is not particularly limited from the viewpoint of printing durability, but may be an allyl group, a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, or a vinyl ester. Groups, vinyl ether groups or styryl groups (vinylphenyl groups) are preferred, allyl groups or (meth) acryloxy groups are more preferred, and allyl groups are particularly preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(Al)中、RAlは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 In the formula (Al), R Al represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーは、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上を有していてもよい。
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーにおけるエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像性の観点から、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの全質量に対し、10質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~60質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。
The binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) may have a single structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, or may have two or more structural units.
The content of the constituent unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the binder having the constituent unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is determined from the viewpoint of developability of the binder having the constituent unit represented by the above formula (Bn). It is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably from 30% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass.
 本開示に用いることができる上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~1,000,000であることが好ましく、10,000~200,000であることがより好ましく、20,000~100,000であることが更に好ましい。上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの酸価は、周知の方法を使用して求めた場合に、20mgKOH/g~400mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。 The binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) that can be used in the present disclosure has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, and 10,000 to 200. , More preferably 20,000 to 100,000. The acid value of the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably from 20 mgKOH / g to 400 mgKOH / g, as determined using a known method.
 上記画像記録層は、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーを1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダーの含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、10質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましい。
The image recording layer may contain one kind of a binder having a structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn), or may contain two or more kinds of binders.
The content of the binder having the structural unit represented by the above formula (Bn) is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably from 20% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
-光重合開始剤-
 上記画像記録層には、光重合開始剤を含有する。
 光重合開始剤としては、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましく用いられる。
-Photopolymerization initiator-
The image recording layer contains a photopolymerization initiator.
As the photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably used.
 光重合開始剤としては、当業者間で公知のものを制限なく使用でき、具体的には、例えば、トリハロメチル化合物、カルボニル化合物、有機過酸化物、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、ジスルホン化合物、オキシムエステル化合物、オニウム塩化合物、及び、鉄アレーン錯体が挙げられる。中でも、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール系化合物、オニウム塩、トリハロメチル化合物及びメタロセン化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール系化合物、又は、オニウム塩化合物が特に好ましい。上記光重合開始剤は、2種以上を適宜併用することもできる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, those known to those skilled in the art can be used without limitation. Specifically, for example, trihalomethyl compounds, carbonyl compounds, organic peroxides, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, hexa Examples include an arylbiimidazole compound, an organic boron compound, a disulfone compound, an oxime ester compound, an onium salt compound, and an iron arene complex. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, onium salts, trihalomethyl compounds and metallocene compounds is preferable, and hexaarylbiimidazole compounds or onium salt compounds are particularly preferable. Two or more photopolymerization initiators can be used in combination as appropriate.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール系化合物としては、欧州特許第24,629号、欧州特許第107,792号、米国特許第4,410,621号の各明細書に記載の、ロフィンダイマー類、例えば2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-ブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o,p-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(m-メトキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o,o’-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-ニトロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-メチルフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-トリフルオロメチルフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール等が挙げられる。
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール系化合物は、波長250nm~420nmに極大吸収を有する増感色素と併用して用いられることが特に好ましい。
Hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include lophin dimers, for example, 2,2 described in European Patent Nos. 24,629, 107,792 and 4,410,621. '-Bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-bromophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbi Imidazole, 2,2′-bis (o, p-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5 5′-tetra (m-methoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o, o′-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis ( o-nitrophenyl) -4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-methylphenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-tri Fluoromethylphenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole and the like.
The hexaarylbiimidazole compound is particularly preferably used in combination with a sensitizing dye having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm.
 本開示において好適に用いられるオニウム塩化合物(本開示においては、酸発生剤としてではなく、イオン性の重合開始剤として機能する。)は、下記式(RI-I)~(RI-III)で表されるスルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、又は、ジアゾニウム塩化合物である。特にジアリールヨードニウム塩化合物、又は、トリアリールスルホニウム塩化合物が好ましく用いられる。オニウム塩化合物は、波長760nm~1,200nmに極大吸収を有する赤外線吸収剤と併用して用いられることが特に好ましい。 Onium salt compounds suitably used in the present disclosure (in the present disclosure, function not as an acid generator but as an ionic polymerization initiator) are represented by the following formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III). The sulfonium salt compound, iodonium salt compound or diazonium salt compound represented. Particularly, a diaryliodonium salt compound or a triarylsulfonium salt compound is preferably used. The onium salt compound is particularly preferably used in combination with an infrared absorber having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(RI-I)中、Ar11は置換基を1~6個有していてもよい炭素数20以下のアリール基を表す。好ましい置換基としては炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、炭素数2~12のアルキニル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~12のアリーロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~12のジアルキルアミノ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミド基又はアリールアミド基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、スルホニル基、炭素数1~12のチオアルキル基、及び、炭素数6~12のチオアリール基が挙げられる。
 Z11 は1価の陰イオンを表す。具体的には、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、テトラフェニルボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、スルフィン酸イオン、チオスルホン酸イオン、及び、硫酸イオンが挙げられる。中でも安定性の面から、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、又は、スルフィン酸イオンが好ましく、高感度化の面から、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、又は、テトラフェニルボレートイオンが好ましい。
In the formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion. Specifically, halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, triphenylalkylborate ion, tetraphenylborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, and sulfuric acid Ions. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, or a sulfinate ion is preferable, and from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity, a triphenylalkylborate ion or Phenyl borate ions are preferred.
 式(RI-II)中、Ar21及びAr22はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を1~6個有していてもよい炭素数20以下のアリール基を表す。好ましい置換基としては炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、炭素数2~12のアルキニル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~12のアリーロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~12のジアルキルアミノ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミド基又はアリールアミド基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、スルホニル基、炭素数1~12のチオアルキル基、及び、炭素数6~12のチオアリール基が挙げられる。
 Z21 は1価の陰イオンを表す。具体的には、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、スルフィン酸イオン、チオスルホン酸イオン、硫酸イオン、カルボン酸イオンが挙げられる。中でも、安定性、反応性の面から、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、テトラフェニルボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、スルフィン酸イオン、又は、カルボン酸イオンが好ましく、高感度化の面から特に、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、又は、テトラフェニルボレートイオンが好ましい。
In the formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion. Specific examples include halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, sulfate ion, and carboxylate ion. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, triphenylalkylborate ion, tetraphenylborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, or carboxylate ion Is preferable, and a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
 式(RI-III)中、R31、R32及びR33はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を1~6個有していてもよい炭素数20以下のアリール基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又は、アルキニル基を表す。中でも反応性、安定性の面から好ましいのは、アリール基である。置換基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、炭素数2~12のアルキニル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~12のアリーロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~12のジアルキルアミノ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミド基又はアリールアミド基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、スルホニル基、炭素数1~12のチオアルキル基、及び、炭素数6~12のチオアリール基が挙げられる。
 Z31 は1価の陰イオンを表す。具体例としては、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、スルフィン酸イオン、チオスルホン酸イオン、硫酸イオン、カルボン酸イオンが挙げられる。中でも安定性、反応性の面から、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、テトラフェニルボレートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、スルフィン酸イオン、又は、カルボン酸イオンが好ましく、高感度化の面から特に、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、又は、テトラフェニルボレートイオンが好ましい。
 また、特開2001-343742号公報記載のカルボン酸イオン、特開2002-148790号公報記載のカルボン酸イオンも好ましく用いられる。
 オニウム塩化合物は、波長760nm~1,200nmに極大吸収を有する赤外線吸収剤と併用して用いられることが特に好ましい。
In the formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents, or Represents an alkynyl group. Among them, an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity and stability. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, An aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide or arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group Group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion. Specific examples include halide ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, thiosulfonate ion, sulfate ion, and carboxylate ion. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, triphenylalkylborate ion, tetraphenylborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, or carboxylate ion Preferably, a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the sensitivity.
Further, carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2001-343742 and carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2002-148790 are also preferably used.
The onium salt compound is particularly preferably used in combination with an infrared absorber having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
 その他、特開2007-171406号、特開2007-206216号、特開2007-206217号、特開2007-225701号、特開2007-225702号、特開2007-316582号、特開2007-328243号の各公報に記載の重合開始剤を好ましく用いることができる。 In addition, JP-A-2007-171406, JP-A-2007-206216, JP-A-2007-206217, JP-A-2007-225701, JP-A-2007-225702, JP-A-2007-316582, and JP-A-2007-328243 The polymerization initiators described in the above publications can be preferably used.
 光重合開始剤は、1種単独又は2種以上の併用によって好適に用いられる。
 特に、本開示において、画像記録層が赤外光感応性であり、かつ、トリフェニルアルキルボレート塩化合物及びテトラフェニルボレート塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含有することが好ましく、トリフェニルアルキルボレート塩化合物又はテトラフェニルボレート塩化合物を含有することがより好ましい。このような態様とすることにより、感度及び耐刷性が向上する。
 画像記録層中の光重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The photopolymerization initiator is suitably used alone or in combination of two or more.
In particular, in the present disclosure, the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive, and preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound and a tetraphenyl borate salt compound. And a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound. By adopting such an embodiment, sensitivity and printing durability are improved.
The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the image recording layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable, and the content is more preferably 1.0% by mass to 10% by mass.
-重合性化合物-
 上記画像記録層は、重合性化合物を含有する。
 本開示に用いることができる重合性化合物は、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する付加重合性化合物であり、末端エチレン性不飽和基を少なくとも1個有する化合物であることが好ましく、2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。このような化合物群は当該産業分野において広く知られるものであり、本開示においては、これらを特に限定なく用いることができる。これらは、例えば、モノマー、プレポリマー、すなわち2量体、3量体及びオリゴマー、又は、それらの共重合体、並びに、それらの混合物などの化学的形態をもつ。
-Polymerizable compound-
The image recording layer contains a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound that can be used in the present disclosure is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group, and is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated group, and is preferably two compounds. It is more preferable that the compound has the above. Such compounds are widely known in the industrial field, and in the present disclosure, they can be used without any particular limitation. These have chemical forms such as, for example, monomers, prepolymers, ie, dimers, trimers and oligomers, or copolymers thereof, and mixtures thereof.
 モノマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)や、そのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アミン化合物とのアミド類が用いられる。また、ヒドロキシ基やアミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類又はアミド類と単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類又はエポキシ類との付加反応物、及び、単官能又は多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基や、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更にハロゲノ基や、トシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン、ビニルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。 Examples of the monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters and amides thereof. Esters of acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds are used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group or an amino group or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, and a monofunctional or Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids are also preferably used. Further, an isocyanate group, or an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine, or thiol, and further, a halogeno group or And unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as a tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols. As another example, it is also possible to use a group of compounds in which unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like is substituted for the above unsaturated carboxylic acid.
 これらは、特表2006-508380号公報、特開2002-287344号公報、特開2008-256850号公報、特開2001-342222号公報、特開平9-179296号公報、特開平9-179297号公報、特開平9-179298号公報、特開2004-294935号公報、特開2006-243493号公報、特開2002-275129号公報、特開2003-64130号公報、特開2003-280187号公報、及び、特開平10-333321号公報を含む参照文献に記載されている。 These are described in JP-T-2006-508380, JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296, and JP-A-9-179297. JP-A-9-179298, JP-A-2004-294935, JP-A-2006-243493, JP-A-2002-275129, JP-A-2003-64130, JP-A-2003-280187, and And Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-333321.
 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、ソルビトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールペンタアクリレート、ソルビトールヘキサアクリレート、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド(EO)変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the ester monomer of the polyhydric alcohol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylates such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate. Propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetra Ethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Antaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, isocyanurate ethylene oxide (EO) modified tri Acrylates, polyester acrylate oligomers and the like can be mentioned.
 メタクリル酸エステルとしては、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、ソルビトールトリメタクリレート、ソルビトールテトラメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methacrylate include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, and the like.
 イタコン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイタコネート、プロピレングリコールジイタコネート、1,3-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、1,4-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、テトラメチレングリコールジイタコネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイタコネート、ソルビトールテトライタコネート等が挙げられる。
 クロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジクロトネート、テトラメチレングリコールジクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジクロトネート、ソルビトールテトラジクロトネート等が挙げられる。
 イソクロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイソクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイソクロトネート、ソルビトールテトライソクロトネート等が挙げられる。
 マレイン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジマレート、トリエチレングリコールジマレート、ペンタエリスリトールジマレート、ソルビトールテトラマレート等が挙げられる。
Examples of itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, and pentaerythritol diitaconate. And sorbitol tetritaconate.
Examples of crotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, sorbitol tetradicrotonate, and the like.
Examples of the isocrotonic acid ester include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.
Examples of the maleic acid ester include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.
 その他のエステルの例として、例えば、特公昭51-47334号及び特開昭57-196231号の各公報に記載の脂肪族アルコール系エステル類、特開昭59-5240号、特開昭59-5241号、及び特開平2-226149号の各公報に記載の芳香族系骨格を有するもの、特開平1-165613号公報記載のアミノ基を含有するもの等も好適に用いられる。
 上述のエステルモノマーは、2種以上の混合物としても使用することができる。
Examples of other esters include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-51-47334 and JP-A-57-196231, JP-A-59-5240, and JP-A-59-5241. And those having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A-2-226149 and those containing an amino group described in JP-A-1-165613 are also preferably used.
The above ester monomers can also be used as a mixture of two or more.
 また、脂肪族多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビスアクリルアミド、メチレンビスメタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスアクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスメタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等がある。
 その他の好ましいアミド系モノマーの例としては、特公昭54-21726号公報記載のシクロへキシレン構造を有すものを挙げることができる。
Specific examples of the monomer of the amide of the aliphatic polyamine compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, and 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacryl. Examples include amide, diethylenetriaminetrisacrylamide, xylylenebisacrylamide, and xylylenebismethacrylamide.
Examples of other preferred amide monomers include those having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B-54-21726.
 また、イソシアネート基とヒドロキシ基との付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性化合物も好適であり、そのような具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報中に記載されている1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に、下記式(ii)で示されるヒドロキシ基を有するビニルモノマーを付加させた1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を有するビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
  CH=C(R4m)COOCHCH(R5m)OH   式(ii)
(ただし、R4m及びR5mはそれぞれ独立に、H又はCHを表す。)
Further, urethane-based addition-polymerizable compounds produced by using an addition reaction between an isocyanate group and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and such specific examples are described in, for example, JP-B-48-41708. A polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups in one molecule and a vinyl monomer having a hydroxy group represented by the following formula (ii) added to a vinyl having two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule: Urethane compounds and the like.
CH 2 CC (R 4m ) COOCH 2 CH (R 5m ) OH Formula (ii)
(However, R 4m and R 5m each independently represent H or CH 3. )
 また、特開昭51-37193号、特公平2-32293号、特公平2-16765号、特開2003-344997号、及び特開2006-65210号の各公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号、特公昭56-17654号、特公昭62-39417号、特公昭62-39418号、特開2000-250211号、及び特開2007-94138号の各公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類、米国特許第7,153,632号明細書、特表平8-505958号、特開2007-293221号、及び特開2007-293223号の各公報に記載の親水基を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。更に、特開昭63-277653号、特開昭63-260909号、及び特開平1-105238号の各公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性化合物類を用いることによっては、非常に感光スピードに優れた画像記録層を得ることができる。 Also, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-A-2003-344997, and JP-A-2006-65210. And JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418, JP-A-2000-250211, and JP-A-2007-94138. Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in US Pat. No. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505958, JP-A-2007-293221, and JP-A-2007-293223. Urethane compounds having a hydrophilic group are also suitable. Further, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277563, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Depending on the case, an image recording layer having a very high photosensitive speed can be obtained.
 そのほか、重合性化合物の使用法は、酸素に対する重合阻害の大小、解像度、かぶり性、屈折率変化、表面粘着性等の観点から、適切な構造、配合、添加量を任意に選択でき、更に場合によっては、下塗り、上塗りといった層構成・塗布方法も実施してもよい。 In addition, the method of using the polymerizable compound can be arbitrarily selected from the viewpoints of the degree of polymerization inhibition with respect to oxygen, resolution, fogging, refractive index change, surface tackiness, etc. Depending on the case, a layer configuration and a coating method such as undercoating and overcoating may be performed.
 これらの重合性化合物の構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、最終的な平版印刷版原版の性能設計にあわせて任意に設定できる。
 上記画像記録層における重合性化合物の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、好ましくは5質量%~75質量%、より好ましくは25質量%~70質量%、特に好ましくは30質量%~60質量%の範囲である。
Details of the method of using these polymerizable compounds, such as the structure, whether they are used alone or in combination, and the amount added, can be arbitrarily set in accordance with the performance design of the final lithographic printing plate precursor.
The content of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. In the range of ~ 60% by mass.
-増感色素-
 上記画像記録層は、増感色素を更に含むことが好ましい。増感色素は、画像露光時の光を吸収して励起状態となり、上述した光重合開始剤に電子移動、エネルギー移動又は発熱などでエネルギーを供与し、重合開始機能を向上させるものであれば特に限定せず用いることができる。特に、波長250nm~420nm又は760nm~1,200nmに極大吸収を有する増感色素が好ましく用いられる。
-Sensitizing dye-
The image recording layer preferably further contains a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs light at the time of image exposure to be in an excited state, and provides electron transfer, energy transfer or heat generation to the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator, and provides energy by heating or the like. It can be used without limitation. In particular, a sensitizing dye having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm or 760 nm to 1,200 nm is preferably used.
 250nm~420nmの波長域に極大吸収を有する増感色素としては、メロシアニン色素類、ベンゾピラン類、クマリン類、芳香族ケトン類、アントラセン類、スチリル類、オキサゾール類、等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the sensitizing dye having the maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 420 nm include merocyanine dyes, benzopyrans, coumarins, aromatic ketones, anthracenes, styryls, oxazoles, and the like.
 250nm~420nmの波長域に吸収極大を持つ増感色素のうち、高感度の観点から好ましい色素は下記式(C)で表される色素である。 Among the sensitizing dyes having an absorption maximum in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 420 nm, a preferable dye from the viewpoint of high sensitivity is a dye represented by the following formula (C).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(C)中、A1Cは置換基を有してもよいアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、X1Cは酸素原子、硫黄原子又はN-(R3C)を表す。R1C、R2C及びR3Cはそれぞれ独立に、一価の非金属原子団を表し、A1CとR1C及びR2CとR3Cはそれぞれ互いに結合して、脂肪族性又は芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。 In the formula (C), A 1C represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, and X 1C represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or N- (R 3C ). R 1C , R 2C and R 3C each independently represent a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group, and A 1C and R 1C and R 2C and R 3C are respectively bonded to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. May be formed.
 式(C)について更に詳しく説明する。R1C、R2C及びR3Cはそれぞれ独立に、一価の非金属原子団であり、好ましくは、水素原子、置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換のアルケニル基、置換若しくは非置換のアリール基、置換若しくは非置換のヘテロアリール基、置換若しくは非置換のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアルキルチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、又は、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 R1C、R2C及びR3Cとして好ましいアリール基の具体例としては、芳香族基、1個~3個のベンゼン環が縮合環を形成した基、ベンゼン環と5員不飽和環とが縮合環を形成した基を挙げることができる。具体例としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、フェナントリル基、インデニル基、アセナフテニル基、及び、フルオレニル基を挙げることができる。中でも、フェニル基、又は、ナフチル基がより好ましい。これらは、更にヘテロ芳香環と縮環してもよく、また更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 R1C、R2C及びR3Cとして好ましいヘテロアリール基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子若しくは硫黄原子の少なくとも1つを有する単環、又は、多環ヘテロ芳香族基が用いられ、好ましいヘテロアリール基の例としては、例えば、チオフェン、チアスレン、フラン、ピラン、イソベンゾフラン、クロメン、キサンテン、フェノキサジン、ピロール、ピラゾール、イソチアゾール、イソオキサゾール、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、インドリジン、イソインドリジン、インドイール、インダゾール、プリン、キノリジン、イソキノリン、フタラジン、ナフチリジン、キナゾリン、シノリン、プテリジン、カルバゾール、カルボリン、フェナンスリン、アクリジン、ペリミジン、フェナンスロリン、フタラジン、フェナルザジン、フェノキサジン、フラザン、フェノキサジン等のヘテロ芳香族環化合物から水素原子を1つ除いた基が挙げられる。これらは、更に芳香環と縮環してもよく、また、置換基を有していてもよい。
Formula (C) will be described in more detail. R 1C , R 2C and R 3C are each independently a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted Represents an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group, a hydroxy group, or a halogen atom.
Specific examples of preferred aryl groups for R 1C , R 2C and R 3C include an aromatic group, a group in which one to three benzene rings form a condensed ring, and a condensed ring in which a benzene ring and a 5-membered unsaturated ring are condensed rings. Can be mentioned. Specific examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, a phenanthryl group, an indenyl group, an acenaphthenyl group, and a fluorenyl group. Among them, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferred. These may further be condensed with a heteroaromatic ring, and may further have a substituent.
As the heteroaryl group preferable as R 1C , R 2C and R 3C , a monocyclic or polycyclic heteroaromatic group having at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom is used. Examples include, for example, thiophene, thiazulene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxazine, pyrrole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindolizine, indoyl, Indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinazoline, sinoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthrin, acridine, perimidine, phenanthroline, phthalazine, fenalzazine, fumaridine Examples thereof include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heteroaromatic ring compound such as enoxazine, furazane, and phenoxazine. These may further be condensed with an aromatic ring, and may have a substituent.
 次に、式(C)におけるA1Cについて説明する。A1Cは置換基を有してもよいアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、置換基を有してもよいアリール基又はヘテロアリール基の具体例としては、式(C)中のR1C、R2C及びR3Cで記載したものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Next, a description will be given A 1C in formula (C). A 1C represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, and specific examples of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group which may have a substituent include R 1C and R 1 in the formula (C). The same as those described for 2C and R 3C can be mentioned.
 このような増感色素の具体例としては、特開2007-58170号公報の段落0047~0053、特開2007-93866号公報の段落0036~0037、特開2007-72816号公報の段落0042~0047に記載の化合物が好ましく用いられる。 Specific examples of such a sensitizing dye include paragraphs 0047 to 0053 of JP-A-2007-58170, paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2007-93866, and paragraphs 0042 to 0047 of JP-A-2007-72816. Are preferably used.
 また、特開2006-189604号、特開2007-171406号、特開2007-206216号、特開2007-206217号、特開2007-225701号、特開2007-225702号、特開2007-316582号、及び、特開2007-328243号の各公報に記載の増感色素も好ましく用いることができる。 Also, JP-A-2006-189604, JP-A-2007-171406, JP-A-2007-206216, JP-A-2007-206217, JP-A-2007-225701, JP-A-2007-225702, and JP-A-2007-316582 And sensitizing dyes described in JP-A-2007-328243 can also be preferably used.
 続いて、本開示において好適に用いられる波長750nm~1,400nm、好ましくは波長760nm~1,200nmに極大吸収を有する増感色素(以降、「赤外線吸収剤」と称する場合がある。)について詳述する。赤外線吸収剤は染料又は顔料が好ましく用いられる。 Subsequently, a sensitizing dye having a maximum absorption at a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm, preferably 760 nm to 1,200 nm, which is suitably used in the present disclosure (hereinafter, may be referred to as an “infrared absorbing agent”) is described in detail. Will be described. Dyes or pigments are preferably used as the infrared absorber.
 染料としては、市販の染料及び例えば、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
 これらの染料のうち特に好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、ニッケルチオレート錯体、及び、インドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。更に、シアニン色素又はインドレニンシアニン色素が好ましく、特に好ましい例として下記式(a)で表されるシアニン色素が挙げられる。
As the dye, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in literatures such as “Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan, 1970) can be used. Specifically, azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, dyes such as metal thiolate complexes Is mentioned.
Among these dyes, particularly preferred are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes, and indolenine cyanine dyes. Further, a cyanine dye or an indolenine cyanine dye is preferable, and a particularly preferable example is a cyanine dye represented by the following formula (a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(a)中、X1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-NPh2、-X2-L1又は以下に示す基を表す。ここで、Phはフェニル基を表し、X2は酸素原子、窒素原子又は硫黄原子を示し、L1は、炭素数(炭素原子数)1~12の炭化水素基、ヘテロ原子(N、S、O、ハロゲン原子、Se)を有するアリール基、ヘテロ原子を含む炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を示す。Xa -は後述するZa -と同様に定義され、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、置換又は無置換のアミノ基及びハロゲン原子より選択される置換基を表す。 In the formula (a), X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, —NPh 2 , —X 2 -L 1 or a group shown below. Here, Ph represents a phenyl group, X 2 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, and L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms) and a hetero atom (N, S, An aryl group having O, a halogen atom, Se) and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms including a hetero atom. X a - is Z a which will be described below - has the same definition as, R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and substituted amino group and a halogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表す。画像記録層塗布液の保存安定性から、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数2個以上の炭化水素基であることが好ましい。またRとRとは互いに連結し環を形成してもよく、環を形成する際は5員環又は6員環を形成していることが特に好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for the image recording layer, it is preferable that R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and when forming a ring, it is particularly preferable to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 Ar、Arは、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表す。好ましいアリール基としては、ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環が挙げられる。また、好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12個以下の炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数12個以下のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。Y、Yは、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、硫黄原子又は炭素数12個以下のジアルキルメチレン基を表す。R、Rは、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数20個以下の炭化水素基を表す。好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12個以下のアルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、スルホ基が挙げられる。
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、水素原子又は炭素数12個以下の炭化水素基を示す。原料の入手性から、好ましくは水素原子である。また、Zaは、対アニオンを表す。ただし、式(a)で表されるシアニン色素が、その構造内にアニオン性の置換基を有し、電荷の中和が必要ない場合にはZaは必要ない。好ましいZaは、画像記録層塗布液の保存安定性から、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又は、スルホン酸イオンであり、特に好ましくは、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又は、アリールスルホン酸イオンである。また、高感度化の面からは、トリフェニルアルキルボレートイオン、又は、テトラフェニルボレートイオンも好ましく用いられる。なお、対イオンとして、ハロゲン化物イオンを含有してないものが特に好ましい。
Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different, and represent an aryl group which may have a substituent. Preferred aryl groups include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. Preferred substituents include a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms. Y 1 and Y 2 may be the same or different and each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 may be the same or different, and represent a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Preferred substituents include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, and a sulfo group.
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 may be the same or different and each represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, a hydrogen atom is preferable. Furthermore, Za - represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and does not require charge neutralization, Za - is not necessary. Desirable Za is a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, or a sulfonate ion from the viewpoint of storage stability of the coating solution for the image recording layer, and particularly preferably perchloric acid. Ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, or arylsulfonate ion. From the viewpoint of increasing the sensitivity, a triphenylalkyl borate ion or a tetraphenyl borate ion is also preferably used. In addition, a counter ion containing no halide ion is particularly preferable.
 好適に用いることのできる式(a)で表されるシアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、最も好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cyanine dye represented by the formula (a) that can be suitably used include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133969, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0016 of JP-A-2002-023360. Compounds described in paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638, preferably compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057 and paragraphs 0080 to 008 of JP-A-2008-195018 And most preferably, compounds described in paragraphs 0035 to 0043 of JP-A-2007-90850.
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。 Also, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A-2001-222101 can be preferably used.
 本開示においては、増感色素として水溶性のシアニン染料を用いることが好ましい。
 水溶性のシアニン染料としては、例えば、特開2004-351823号公報に記載のものが挙げられ、分子内に親水性基として、スルホン酸基及び/又はその塩、ホスホン酸基及び/又はその塩、カルボン酸基及び/又はその塩、並びに、ヒドロキシ基から選ばれる少なくともいずれかを有することが好ましい。
 中でも、スルホン酸基及び/又はその塩、ホスホン酸基及び/又はその塩を分子内に2個以上有し、対イオンが無機イオンであることが更に好ましい。
In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use a water-soluble cyanine dye as the sensitizing dye.
Examples of the water-soluble cyanine dye include those described in JP-A-2004-351823, and a sulfonic acid group and / or a salt thereof, a phosphonic acid group and / or a salt thereof as a hydrophilic group in the molecule. , A carboxylic acid group and / or a salt thereof, and a hydroxy group.
Among them, it is more preferable that the compound has two or more sulfonic acid groups and / or salts thereof and phosphonic acid groups and / or salts thereof in the molecule, and the counter ion is an inorganic ion.
 本開示において、増感色素としてシアニン色素を含有し、更に、ヨードニウム塩化合物を含有する態様が好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、感度及び耐刷性が向上する。 に お い て In the present disclosure, an embodiment containing a cyanine dye as a sensitizing dye and further containing an iodonium salt compound is preferable. With such a configuration, sensitivity and printing durability are improved.
 また、増感色素は、1種のみを用いてもよいし2種以上を併用してもよい。顔料等の赤外線吸収剤を併用してもよい。顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。 は Further, as the sensitizing dye, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. An infrared absorber such as a pigment may be used in combination. As the pigment, compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 顔料としては、市販の顔料、及び、カラーインデックス(C.I.)便覧、「最新顔料便覧」(日本顔料技術協会編、1977年刊)、「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)、「印刷インキ技術」CMC出版、1984年刊)に記載されている顔料が利用できる。 Examples of pigments include commercially available pigments, Color Index (C.I.) Handbook, "Latest Pigment Handbook" (edited by Japan Pigment Technical Association, 1977), "Latest Pigment Application Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986), Pigments described in "Printing Ink Technology" published by CMC, 1984) can be used.
 顔料の種類としては、黒色顔料、黄色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、褐色顔料、赤色顔料、紫色顔料、青色顔料、緑色顔料、蛍光顔料、金属粉顔料、その他、ポリマー結合色素が挙げられる。具体的には、不溶性アゾ顔料、アゾレーキ顔料、縮合アゾ顔料、キレートアゾ顔料、フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、ペリレン及びペリノン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、染付けレーキ顔料、アジン顔料、ニトロソ顔料、ニトロ顔料、天然顔料、蛍光顔料、無機顔料、カーボンブラック等が使用できる。これらの顔料のうち、好ましいものはカーボンブラックである。 種類 The types of pigments include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments, and polymer-bound pigments. Specifically, insoluble azo pigments, azo lake pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelated azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perinone pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments And quinophthalone pigments, dyed lake pigments, azine pigments, nitroso pigments, nitro pigments, natural pigments, fluorescent pigments, inorganic pigments, carbon black, and the like. Among these pigments, preferred is carbon black.
 これら顔料は表面処理をせずに用いてもよく、表面処理を施して用いてもよい。表面処理の方法には、樹脂やワックスを表面コートする方法、界面活性剤を付着させる方法、反応性物質(例えば、シランカップリング剤、エポキシ化合物、ポリイソシアネート等)を顔料表面に結合させる方法等が考えられる。上記の表面処理方法は、「金属石鹸の性質と応用」(幸書房)、「印刷インキ技術」(CMC出版、1984年刊)及び「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)に記載されている。 These pigments may be used without surface treatment, or may be used after surface treatment. Examples of the surface treatment include a method of surface coating a resin or wax, a method of attaching a surfactant, and a method of bonding a reactive substance (eg, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound, a polyisocyanate, etc.) to the pigment surface. Can be considered. The above surface treatment methods are described in “Properties and Applications of Metallic Soap” (Koshobo), “Printing Ink Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1984) and “Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986). I have.
 顔料の粒径は、0.01μm~10μmの範囲にあることが好ましく、0.05μm~1μmの範囲にあることがより好ましく、0.1μm~1μmの範囲にあることが特に好ましい。上記範囲であると、画像記録層中における顔料の優れた分散安定性が得られ、均一な画像記録層が得られる。 (4) The particle size of the pigment is preferably in the range of 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.05 μm to 1 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.1 μm to 1 μm. When the content is in the above range, excellent dispersion stability of the pigment in the image recording layer is obtained, and a uniform image recording layer is obtained.
 顔料を分散する方法としては、インク製造やトナー製造等に用いられる公知の分散技術が使用できる。分散機としては、超音波分散器、サンドミル、アトライター、パールミル、スーパーミル、ボールミル、インペラー、デスパーザー、KDミル、コロイドミル、ダイナトロン、3本ロールミル、加圧ニーダー等が挙げられる。詳細は、「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)に記載されている。 公 知 As a method of dispersing the pigment, a known dispersion technique used for ink production, toner production, or the like can be used. Examples of the disperser include an ultrasonic disperser, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three-roll mill, and a pressure kneader. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Application Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986).
 これら増感色素の好ましい添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、好ましくは0.05質量%~30質量%、より好ましくは0.1質量%~20質量%、更に好ましくは0.2質量%~10質量%の範囲である。 The preferable addition amount of these sensitizing dyes is preferably 0.05% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. The range is from 10% by mass to 10% by mass.
 なお、増感色素は、他の成分と同一の層に添加してもよいし、別の層を設けそこへ添加してもよい。 The sensitizing dye may be added to the same layer as the other components, or may be added to a separate layer.
-その他のバインダー-
 上記画像記録層は、上記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー以外のバインダー(その他のバインダー)を含んでいてもよい。
 その他のバインダーとしては、ネガ型平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に使用されることが当業界で知られている様々なポリマーのうちのいずれも限定されず用いることができる。
 その他のバインダーの重量平均分子量は、2,000~1,000,000であることが好ましく、10,000~200,000であることがより好ましい。その他のバインダーの酸価は、周知の方法を使用して求めた場合に、20mgKOH/g~400mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。
-Other binders-
The image recording layer may contain a binder (other binder) other than the binder having the structural unit represented by the formula (Bn).
As the other binder, any of various polymers known in the art to be used in the image recording layer of the negative working lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without limitation.
The weight average molecular weight of the other binder is preferably from 2,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably from 10,000 to 200,000. The acid value of the other binder is preferably from 20 mgKOH / g to 400 mgKOH / g, as determined using a known method.
 その他のバインダーは、水に不溶性であり、平版印刷版の作製方法において慣用されているアルカリ性現像液には可溶性であることが好ましい。上記バインダーの例としては、例えば欧州特許第1,182,033号、並びに、米国特許第6,309,792号、第6,352,812号、第6,569,603号及び第6,893,797号の各明細書などに記載されているものなどの、(メタ)アクリル酸及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルから誘導されたポリマー、ポリビニルアセタール、フェノール系樹脂、スチレン及びその誘導体、(メタ)アクリロニトリル、N-置換環状イミド又は無水マレイン酸から誘導されたポリマーが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。米国特許第6,899,994号明細書及び第4,511,645号明細書、並びに、欧州特許出願公開第1,182,033号明細書に記載されているものなどのペンダントビニル基を有するポリマーも有用である。 The other binder is preferably insoluble in water and soluble in an alkaline developer commonly used in a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate. Examples of such binders include, for example, EP 1,182,033 and US Pat. Nos. 6,309,792, 6,352,812, 6,569,603 and 6,893. No., 797,797, etc., polymers derived from (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylate, polyvinyl acetal, phenolic resins, styrene and its derivatives, (meth) Examples include, but are not limited to, polymers derived from acrylonitrile, N-substituted cyclic imides, or maleic anhydride. Having pendant vinyl groups such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,899,994 and 4,511,645, and EP 1,182,033. Polymers are also useful.
 その他のバインダーは、疎水性骨格を有し、以下のa)及びb)の構成単位の両方又はb)の構成繰り返し単位のみを含んでなるバインダーポリマーであることが好ましい。
 a)疎水性骨格に直接結合したペンダントシアノ基を有する構成単位、及び、
 b)ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)セグメントを含んでなるペンダント基を有する構成単位。
 上記バインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシ)セグメント、好ましくはポリ(エチレンオキシ)セグメントを有する。これらのバインダーポリマーは、主鎖ポリマー及びポリ(アルキレンオキシド)側鎖を有するグラフトコポリマーでも、(アルキレンオキシ)含有構成単位のブロックと非(アルキレンオキシ)含有反復単位のブロックとを有するブロックコポリマーでもよい。グラフトコポリマー及びブロックコポリマーのどちらも、更に、疎水性骨格に直接結合したペンダントシアノ基を有していてもよい。ポリアルキレンオキシ構成単位におけるアルキレンオキシ基は、炭素数2~6のアルキレンオキシ基であることが好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレンオキシ基であることがより好ましい。アルキレン部分は、直鎖状でも、分岐状でも、それらの置換体でもよい。ポリ(エチレンオキシド)及びポリ(プロピレンオキシド)セグメントが好ましく、ポリ(エチレンオキシド)セグメントが最も好ましい。
The other binder is preferably a binder polymer having a hydrophobic skeleton and containing both of the following structural units a) and b) or only the structural repeating unit b).
a) a structural unit having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to a hydrophobic skeleton, and
b) A structural unit having a pendant group comprising a poly (alkylene oxide) segment.
The binder polymer has a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment, preferably a poly (ethyleneoxy) segment. The binder polymer may be a graft copolymer having a main chain polymer and a poly (alkylene oxide) side chain, or a block copolymer having a block of a (alkyleneoxy) -containing structural unit and a block of a non (alkyleneoxy) -containing repeating unit. . Both the graft copolymer and the block copolymer may further have pendant cyano groups bonded directly to the hydrophobic backbone. The alkyleneoxy group in the polyalkyleneoxy structural unit is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. The alkylene moiety may be linear, branched, or a substituted product thereof. Poly (ethylene oxide) and poly (propylene oxide) segments are preferred, with poly (ethylene oxide) segments being most preferred.
 また、上記バインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシ)セグメントを含んでなる構成単位のみを含んでいてもよく、上記バインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシ)セグメントを有する構成単位と、疎水性骨格に直接結合したペンダントシアノ基を有する構成単位とを有していてもよい。単に一例として、上記構成単位は、シアノ、シアノ置換又はシアノ末端アルキレン基を含んでなるペンダント基を有していてもよい。また、このような構成単位は、例えばアクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、メチルシアノアクリレート、エチルシアノアクリレート又はこれらの組み合わせなどのエチレン性不飽和モノマーから誘導できる。しかし、他の従来手段によりシアノ基をポリマー中に導入することができる。かかるシアノ基含有バインダーポリマーの例は、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2005/003285号明細書に記載されている。 Further, the binder polymer may include only a structural unit including a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment, and the binder polymer may be directly bonded to a structural unit having a poly (alkyleneoxy) segment and a hydrophobic skeleton. And a structural unit having a pendant cyano group. By way of example only, the structural unit may have a pendant group comprising a cyano, cyano substituted or cyano terminal alkylene group. Also, such structural units can be derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as, for example, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, methyl cyanoacrylate, ethyl cyanoacrylate, or combinations thereof. However, cyano groups can be introduced into the polymer by other conventional means. Examples of such cyano group-containing binder polymers are described in, for example, US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/003285.
 一例として、その他のバインダーは、以下の好適なエチレン性不飽和モノマー若しくはマクロマーの組み合わせ又は混合物の重合により形成できる。
 A)アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル又はこれらの組み合わせ、
 B)アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸のポリ(アルキレンオキシ)エステル、例えばポリ(エチレングリコール)メチルエーテルアクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール)メチルエーテルメタクリレート又はこれらの組み合わせ、及び、
 C)必要に応じて、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、スチレン、ヒドロキシスチレン、アクリレートエステル、メタクリレートエステル、アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミドなどのモノマー、又は、かかるモノマーの組み合わせ。
By way of example, other binders can be formed by polymerization of combinations or mixtures of the following suitable ethylenically unsaturated monomers or macromers.
A) acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile or a combination thereof,
B) poly (alkyleneoxy) esters of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, such as poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate or combinations thereof, and
C) If necessary, a monomer such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrene, hydroxystyrene, acrylate ester, methacrylate ester, acrylamide, methacrylamide, or a combination of such monomers.
 その他のバインダー中のポリ(アルキレンオキシ)セグメントの量は、0.5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、2質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、5質量%~40質量%であることが更に好ましく、5質量%~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。ブロックコポリマー中の(アルキレンオキシ)セグメントの量は、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることが更に好ましい。ポリ(アルキレンオキシ)側鎖を有するバインダーポリマーが離散粒子の形態で存在することも可能である。 The amount of the poly (alkyleneoxy) segment in the other binder is preferably 0.5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 40% by mass. %, More preferably 5 to 20% by mass. The amount of the (alkyleneoxy) segment in the block copolymer is preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass. Is more preferred. It is also possible for the binder polymer having poly (alkyleneoxy) side chains to be present in the form of discrete particles.
 その他のバインダーは、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン及びスチレン誘導体、並びに、ポリ(アルキレングリコール)(メタ)アクリレートの1又は2種以上から誘導された構成単位を有するものが好ましい。また、その他のバインダーは、かかるモノマーの2又は3種以上に由来する構成単位を含むものがより好ましい。 The other binder preferably has a structural unit derived from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylate, styrene and a styrene derivative, and poly (alkylene glycol) (meth) acrylate. Further, it is more preferable that the other binder contains a structural unit derived from two or more kinds of such monomers.
-その他の成分-
(1)界面活性剤
 上記画像記録層には、現像性を促進するため、及び、塗布面状を向上させるため、界面活性剤を用いることができる。
 界面活性剤としては、ノニオン界面活性剤、アニオン界面活性剤、カチオン界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
-Other components-
(1) Surfactant In the above-mentioned image recording layer, a surfactant can be used in order to promote developability and to improve a coated surface state.
Examples of the surfactant include a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, and a fluorine-based surfactant.
 好ましい界面活性剤としては、分子内にパーフルオロアルキル基を含有するフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸塩、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸塩、パーフルオロアルキルリン酸エステル等のアニオン型;パーフルオロアルキルベタイン等の両性型;パーフルオロアルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩等のカチオン型;パーフルオロアルキルアミンオキサイド、パーフルオロアルキルエチレンオキシド付加物、パーフルオロアルキル基及び親水性基を含有するオリゴマー、パーフルオロアルキル基及び親油性基を含有するオリゴマー、パーフルオロアルキル基、親水性基及び親油性基を含有するオリゴマー、パーフルオロアルキル基及び親油性基を含有するウレタン等のノニオン型が挙げられる。また、特開昭62-170950号、同62-226143号及び同60-168144号の各公報に記載されているフッ素系界面活性剤も好適に挙げられる。 Preferable surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants containing a perfluoroalkyl group in the molecule. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include an anionic type such as a perfluoroalkyl carboxylate, a perfluoroalkyl sulfonate and a perfluoroalkyl phosphate; an amphoteric type such as a perfluoroalkyl betaine; Cationic type such as trimethylammonium salt; perfluoroalkylamine oxide, perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and hydrophilic group, oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and lipophilic group, perfluoroalkyl Nonionic types such as oligomers containing a group, a hydrophilic group and a lipophilic group, and urethanes containing a perfluoroalkyl group and a lipophilic group. Further, fluorine surfactants described in JP-A Nos. 62-170950, 62-226143 and 60-168144 are also preferably exemplified.
 界面活性剤は、1種単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。
The surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(2)着色剤
 上記画像記録層には、可視光域に大きな吸収を持つ顔料、又は、染料(着色染料)を画像の着色剤として使用することができる。着色剤を用いると、画像形成後の画像部と非画像部との区別がつきやすくなるので、添加することが好ましい。
 本開示に用いられる顔料としては、フタロシアニン系顔料、アゾ系顔料、カーボンブラック、酸化チタン等の顔料を挙げることができる。本開示においては、銅フタロシアニン顔料を用いることが画像形成感度、耐刷性の観点から特に好ましい。特に、本開示において、画像記録層が赤外光感応性であり、かつ、トリフェニルアルキルボレート塩化合物及びテトラフェニルボレート塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物と、銅フタロシアニン顔料とを含有する態様が好ましい。この場合、感度と耐刷性が向上する。
 一方、染料に関しては、画像記録層中にトリフェニルアルキルボレート塩化合物、テトラフェニルボレート塩化合物を含有する場合(赤外線吸収染料(IR染料)や光重合開始剤のカウンターイオンとして存在する場合も含む。)には、理由は明確でないが平版印刷版原版が微弱な光でカブリ易くなってしまい、製版時の取扱い性が著しく劣ってしまう場合もあるが、上記ボレート塩化合物を画像記録層に含まない場合には、上記顔料同様に着色剤として有用に用いることができる。また、本開示における染料は、顔料よりも水溶性が高いため、画像記録層への染料の使用により非画像部の除去性(現像性)は著しく向上する。
 染料の具体例としては、オイルイエロー#101、オイルイエロー#103、オイルピンク#312、オイルグリーンBG、オイルブルーBOS、オイルブルー#603、オイルブラックBY、(以上オリエント化学工業(株)製)、ビクトリアピュアブルー、クリスタルバイオレット(CI42555)、メチルバイオレット(CI42535)、エチルバイオレット、ローダミンB(CI45170B)、マラカイトグリーン(CI42000)、メチレンブルー(CI52015)等、及び、特開昭62-293247号公報に記載されている染料を挙げることができる。
 各種の色が使用できるが、視認性の観点から好ましいのは赤色染料、青色染料である、オイルピンク#312、ビクトリアピュアブルー、クリスタルバイオレット(CI42555)、メチルバイオレット(CI42535)、エチルバイオレット、ローダミンB(CI45170B)、メチレンブルー(CI52015)等が挙げられる。
 好ましくは、ビクトリアピュアブルー、クリスタルバイオレット(CI42555)、メチルバイオレット(CI42535)、エチルバイオレット、メチレンブルー(CI52015)等、青色の染料である。
 更に好ましくは、ビクトリアピュアブルーである。
 また、染料としては、可視領域(360nm~830nm)における最大吸収波長が600nm~700nmである染料であることが好ましく、可視領域における最大吸収波長が600nm~700nmである青色染料であることがより好ましい。
 着色剤は、1種単独で含有していても、2種以上を含有していてもよい。
 着色剤の添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05質量%~2.5質量%であることが更に好ましい。
(2) Colorant For the image recording layer, a pigment or a dye (colored dye) having a large absorption in the visible light region can be used as a colorant for an image. When a colorant is used, it is easy to distinguish between an image area after image formation and a non-image area, and thus it is preferable to add the colorant.
Examples of the pigment used in the present disclosure include phthalocyanine pigments, azo pigments, carbon black, and titanium oxide. In the present disclosure, it is particularly preferable to use a copper phthalocyanine pigment from the viewpoint of image forming sensitivity and printing durability. In particular, in the present disclosure, the image recording layer is infrared-sensitive, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of triphenylalkyl borate salt compound and tetraphenylborate salt compound, and a copper phthalocyanine pigment. Is preferable. In this case, sensitivity and printing durability are improved.
On the other hand, as for the dye, the case where the image recording layer contains a triphenylalkyl borate salt compound or a tetraphenyl borate salt compound (including a case where the dye is present as a counter ion of an infrared absorbing dye (IR dye) or a photopolymerization initiator). Although the reason is not clear, the lithographic printing plate precursor may be easily fogged by weak light, and the handleability at the time of plate making may be extremely poor, but the above-mentioned borate salt compound is not contained in the image recording layer. In such a case, it can be usefully used as a colorant similarly to the above pigment. Further, since the dye in the present disclosure has higher water solubility than the pigment, the removability (developability) of the non-image portion is significantly improved by using the dye in the image recording layer.
Specific examples of the dye include Oil Yellow # 101, Oil Yellow # 103, Oil Pink # 312, Oil Green BG, Oil Blue BOS, Oil Blue # 603, Oil Black BY (all manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI42555), Methyl Violet (CI42535), Ethyl Violet, Rhodamine B (CI45170B), Malachite Green (CI42000), Methylene Blue (CI52015), etc., and JP-A-62-293247. Dyes.
Although various colors can be used, red dyes and blue dyes are preferable from the viewpoint of visibility. Oil pink # 312, Victoria Pure Blue, crystal violet (CI42555), methyl violet (CI42535), ethyl violet, rhodamine B (CI45170B), methylene blue (CI52015) and the like.
Preferred are blue dyes such as Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI42555), Methyl Violet (CI42535), Ethyl Violet, and Methylene Blue (CI52015).
More preferably, it is Victoria Pure Blue.
The dye is preferably a dye having a maximum absorption wavelength in the visible region (360 nm to 830 nm) of 600 nm to 700 nm, and more preferably a blue dye having a maximum absorption wavelength in the visible region of 600 nm to 700 nm. .
The colorant may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds.
The amount of the colorant added is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, the content is from 2.5% by mass to 2.5% by mass.
(3)焼き出し剤
 上記画像記録層には、焼き出し画像の生成のため、酸又はラジカルによって変色する化合物を添加することができる。
 このような化合物としては、例えば、ジフェニルメタン系、トリフェニルメタン系、チアジン系、オキサジン系、キサンテン系、アンスラキノン系、イミノキノン系、アゾ系、アゾメチン系等の各種色素が有効に用いられる。
(3) Printing-out agent To the above-mentioned image recording layer, a compound capable of discoloring by an acid or a radical can be added in order to form a printing-out image.
As such a compound, for example, various dyes such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, thiazine, oxazine, xanthene, anthraquinone, iminoquinone, azo, and azomethine are effectively used.
 酸又はラジカルによって変色する染料の好適な添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましい。 A suitable amount of the dye that changes its color by acid or radical is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(4)重合禁止剤
 上記画像記録層には、画像記録層の製造中又は保存中において、重合性化合物の不要な熱重合を防止するために、少量の熱重合防止剤を添加することが好ましい。
 熱重合防止剤としては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアルミニウム塩が好適に挙げられる。
 重合禁止剤の添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。
(4) Polymerization inhibitor A small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor is preferably added to the image recording layer in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during the production or storage of the image recording layer. .
Examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t- Butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt.
The addition amount of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(5)高級脂肪酸誘導体等
 上記画像記録層には、酸素による重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体等を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で画像記録層の表面に偏在させてもよい。
 高級脂肪酸誘導体の添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましい。
(5) Higher fatty acid derivative, etc. In order to prevent polymerization inhibition by oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added to the image recording layer, and the image is formed in the process of drying after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the recording layer.
The added amount of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(6)可塑剤
 上記画像記録層は、現像性を向上させるために、可塑剤を含有してもよい。
 可塑剤としては、例えば、ジメチルフタレート、ジエチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジイソブチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、オクチルカプリルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、ジトリデシルフタレート、ブチルベンジルフタレート、ジイソデシルフタレート、ジアリルフタレート等のフタル酸エステル類;ジメチルグリコールフタレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、メチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、トリエチレングリコールジカプリル酸エステル等のグリコールエステル類;トリクレジルホスフェート、トリフェニルホスフェート等のリン酸エステル類;ジイソブチルアジペート、ジオクチルアジペート、ジメチルセバケート、ジブチルセバケート、ジオクチルアゼレート、ジブチルマレエート等の脂肪族二塩基酸エステル類;ポリグリシジルメタクリレート、クエン酸トリエチル、グリセリントリアセチルエステル、ラウリン酸ブチル等が好適に挙げられる。
 可塑剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~30質量%であることが好ましい。
(6) Plasticizer The image recording layer may contain a plasticizer in order to improve developability.
Examples of the plasticizer include phthalic acid esters such as dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, octyl capryl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, ditridecyl phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate, and diallyl phthalate; Glycol esters such as glycol phthalate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, and triethylene glycol dicaprylate; phosphate esters such as tricresyl phosphate and triphenyl phosphate ; Diisobutyl adipate, dioctyl adipate, dimethyl sebacate, dibutyl sebacate, dioc Ruazereto, aliphatic dibasic acid esters such as dibutyl maleate; polyglycidyl methacrylate, triethyl citrate, glycerin triacetyl ester, butyl laurate in.
The content of the plasticizer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(7)無機粒子
 上記画像記録層は、硬化皮膜強度向上及び現像性向上のために、無機粒子を含有してもよい。
 無機粒子としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、酸化マグネシウム、酸化チタン、炭酸マグネシウム、アルギン酸カルシウム、又は、これらの混合物が好適に挙げられる。これらは皮膜の強化、表面粗面化による界面接着性の強化等に用いることができる。
 無機粒子は、平均粒径が5nm~10μmであることが好ましく、0.5μm~3μmであることがより好ましい。上記範囲であると、画像記録層中に安定に分散して、画像記録層の膜強度を十分に保持し、印刷時の汚れを生じにくい親水性に優れる非画像部を形成することができる。
 上述したような無機粒子は、コロイダルシリカ分散物等の市販品として容易に入手することができる。
 無機粒子の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。
(7) Inorganic particles The image recording layer may contain inorganic particles for improving the strength of the cured film and the developability.
Preferred examples of the inorganic particles include silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate, and mixtures thereof. These can be used for strengthening a film, strengthening interfacial adhesion by surface roughening, and the like.
The average particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably from 5 nm to 10 μm, more preferably from 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the content is within the above range, the non-image portion which is stably dispersed in the image recording layer, sufficiently retains the film strength of the image recording layer, and is less likely to be stained during printing and has excellent hydrophilicity can be formed.
The inorganic particles as described above can be easily obtained as a commercial product such as a colloidal silica dispersion.
The content of the inorganic particles is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
(8)低分子親水性化合物
 上記画像記録層は、耐刷性を低下させることなく現像性を向上させることから、低分子親水性化合物を含有してもよい。
 低分子親水性化合物としては、例えば、水溶性有機化合物としては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等のグリコール類及びそのエーテル又はエステル誘導体類、グリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール等のポリヒドロキシ類、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミンモノエタノールアミン等の有機アミン類及びその塩、アルキルスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸類及びその塩、アルキルスルファミン酸等の有機スルファミン酸類及びその塩、アルキル硫酸、アルキルエーテル硫酸等の有機硫酸類及びその塩、フェニルホスホン酸等の有機ホスホン酸類及びその塩、酒石酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、グルコン酸、アミノ酸類等の有機カルボン酸類及びその塩等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、有機スルホン酸、有機スルファミン酸、有機硫酸のナトリウム塩やリチウム塩などの有機硫酸塩が好ましく使用される。
(8) Low-molecular hydrophilic compound The above-mentioned image recording layer may contain a low-molecular hydrophilic compound since the developability is improved without lowering the printing durability.
Examples of the low-molecular hydrophilic compound include, for example, water-soluble organic compounds such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycols such as tripropylene glycol and ether or ester derivatives thereof, glycerin, Polyhydroxys such as pentaerythritol, organic amines such as triethanolamine and diethanolamine monoethanolamine and salts thereof, alkylsulfonic acids, toluenesulfonic acids, organic sulfonic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, and alkylsulfamic acids and the like. Organic sulfamic acids and salts thereof, organic sulfuric acids and salts thereof such as alkyl sulfuric acid and alkyl ether sulfuric acid, organic phosphonic acids and salts thereof such as phenylphosphonic acid, tartaric acid, and oxalic acid , Citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, organic carboxylic acids and salts thereof such as amino acids and the like.
Of these, organic sulfonic acids, organic sulfamic acids, and organic sulfates such as sodium salts and lithium salts of organic sulfuric acids are preferably used.
 これらの化合物は疎水性部分の構造が小さくて界面活性作用がほとんどなく、長鎖アルキルスルホン酸塩や長鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩などが良好に用いられる前述の界面活性剤とは明確に区別される。 These compounds have a small structure of the hydrophobic portion and have almost no surface activity, and are clearly distinguished from the aforementioned surfactants in which long-chain alkyl sulfonates and long-chain alkylbenzene sulfonates are used favorably. .
 低分子親水性化合物の画像記録層への添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.5質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%~10質量%であることがより好ましく、2質量%~8質量%であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲であると、良好な現像性と耐刷性が得られる。
 低分子親水性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
The amount of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound added to the image recording layer is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is more preferably from 2% by mass to 8% by mass. Within the above range, good developability and printing durability can be obtained.
The low-molecular hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in a combination of two or more.
(9)感脂化剤
 上記平版印刷版原版では、着肉性向上のため、画像記録層及び保護層の少なくともいずれかに、感脂化剤としてホスホニウム化合物を添加することができる。
 好適なホスホニウム化合物としては、特開2006-297907号公報及び特開2007-50660号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
(9) Oil Sensitizing Agent In the lithographic printing plate precursor, a phosphonium compound as an oil sensitizing agent can be added to at least one of the image recording layer and the protective layer in order to improve the inking property.
Suitable phosphonium compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660.
 感脂化剤としてはホスホニウム化合物の他に、含窒素化合物も好適なものとして挙げられる。好ましい含窒素化合物としては、アミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類でもよく、またイミダゾリニウム塩類、ベンゾイミダゾリニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類、キノリニウム塩類の構造でもよい。これらの中でも、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類が好ましく用いられる。 脂 As the sensitizer, a nitrogen-containing compound is preferable in addition to the phosphonium compound. Preferred nitrogen-containing compounds may be amine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, or structures of imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, and quinolinium salts. Among these, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferably used.
 画像記録層又は保護層への感脂化剤の添加量としてはそれぞれ、各層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましい。上記範囲であると、良好なインキ着肉性が得られる。 The amount of the sensitizer added to the image recording layer or the protective layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of each layer. , 0.1 to 5% by mass. When the content is in the above range, good ink depositability can be obtained.
(10)共増感剤
 上記画像記録層には、感度を一層向上させる、又は、酸素による重合阻害を抑制する等の作用を有する連鎖移動剤又は共増感剤などと呼ばれる公知の化合物を加えてもよい。
 この様な化合物の例としては、アミン類、例えばM.R.Sanderら著「Journal of Polymer Society」第10巻3173頁(1972)、特公昭44-20189号公報、特開昭51-82102号公報、特開昭52-134692号公報、特開昭59-138205号公報、特開昭60-84305号公報、特開昭62-18537号、特開昭64-33104号公報、Research Disclosure 33825号記載の化合物等が挙げられ、具体的には、トリエタノールアミン、N-フェニルグリシン、N-フェニルアスパラギン酸、及び、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル、p-ホルミルジメチルアニリン、p-メチルチオジメチルアニリン等のN,N-ジアルキルアニリン誘導体等が挙げられる。
(10) Co-sensitizer A known compound such as a chain transfer agent or a co-sensitizer having an action of further improving sensitivity or suppressing polymerization inhibition by oxygen is added to the image recording layer. You may.
Examples of such compounds include amines, e.g. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972), JP-B-44-20189, JP-A-51-82102, JP-A-52-134692, and JP-A-59-138205. JP-A-60-84305, JP-A-62-18537, JP-A-64-33104, and Research Disclosure 33825. Specific examples thereof include triethanolamine, N-N-phenylglycine, N-phenylaspartic acid, and N, N-dialkylaniline derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, p-formyldimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
 連鎖移動剤として作用する別の例としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、GeHを有する化合物群が挙げられる。これらは、低活性のラジカル種に水素供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、又は、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。 Another example of the compound acting as a chain transfer agent is, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule. These can generate a radical by donating hydrogen to a low-activity radical species, or can generate a radical by being oxidized and then deprotonated.
 上記画像記録層には、特に、チオール化合物(例えば、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズオキサゾール類、3-メルカプトトリアゾール類、5-メルカプトテトラゾール類等)を連鎖移動剤として好ましく用いることができる。中でも、特開2006-091479号公報等に記載のチオール化合物が特に好適に使用される。連鎖移動剤としてこのチオール化合物を用いることによって、臭気の問題、及び、画像記録層から蒸発や他の層への拡散による感度減少を回避し、保存安定性に優れ、更には高感度で高耐刷の平版印刷版原版が得られる。 In the image recording layer, a thiol compound (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.) is particularly chained. It can be preferably used as a transfer agent. Among them, thiol compounds described in JP-A-2006-091479 are particularly preferably used. By using this thiol compound as a chain transfer agent, the problem of odor and the decrease in sensitivity due to evaporation from the image recording layer or diffusion to other layers are avoided, excellent storage stability, and furthermore, high sensitivity and high resistance A lithographic printing plate precursor of the printing is obtained.
 これらの増感剤或いは連鎖移動剤の使用量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The use amount of these sensitizers or chain transfer agents is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable, and the content is more preferably 1.0% by mass to 10% by mass.
-画像記録層の形成-
 上記画像記録層は、必要な上記各成分を溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、これを支持体上に塗布、乾燥することで形成されることが好ましい。
 ここで使用する溶剤としては、エチレンジクロライド、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロピルアセテート、ジメトキシエタン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラメチルウレア、N-メチルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン、γ-ブチルラクトン、トルエン、水等を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
 溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
 塗布液の固形分濃度は、1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。
-Formation of image recording layer-
The image recording layer is preferably formed by dispersing or dissolving each of the necessary components in a solvent to prepare a coating solution, coating the solution on a support, and drying.
Examples of the solvent used herein include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxy Ethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane, γ-butyllactone, toluene, water and the like. However, the present invention is not limited to this.
The solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The solid content concentration of the coating solution is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
 上記画像記録層は、同一又は異なる上記各成分を同一又は異なる溶剤に分散又は溶解した塗布液を複数調製し、複数回の塗布、乾燥を繰り返して、多層構造の画像記録層を形成することも可能である。 The image recording layer may be prepared by preparing a plurality of coating solutions in which the same or different components are dispersed or dissolved in the same or different solvents, and applying the coating multiple times and drying to form an image recording layer having a multilayer structure. It is possible.
 塗布、乾燥後に得られる支持体上の画像記録層塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、0.3g/m~3.0g/mが好ましい。上記範囲であると、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性が得られる。
 塗布する方法としては、後述する方法を用いることができる。
The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer on the support obtained after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but is preferably from 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 . Within the above range, good sensitivity and good film characteristics of the image recording layer can be obtained.
As a coating method, a method described later can be used.
〔保護層〕
 上記平版印刷版原版には、露光時の重合反応を妨害する酸素の拡散侵入を遮断するため、画像記録層上に保護層(酸素遮断層)が設けられることが好ましい。保護層に使用できる材料としては、水溶性ポリマー、水不溶性ポリマーのいずれをも適宜選択して使用することができ、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。具体的には、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、水溶性セルロース誘導体、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。これらの中で、比較的結晶性に優れた水溶性高分子化合物を用いることが好ましく、具体的には、ポリビニルアルコールを主成分として用いることが、酸素遮断性、現像除去性といった基本特性的に最も良好な結果を与える。
(Protective layer)
The lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably provided with a protective layer (oxygen blocking layer) on the image recording layer in order to block diffusion and intrusion of oxygen which hinders the polymerization reaction at the time of exposure. As a material that can be used for the protective layer, any of a water-soluble polymer and a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and if necessary, a mixture of two or more can be used. Specifically, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned. Among these, it is preferable to use a water-soluble polymer compound having relatively excellent crystallinity. Specifically, it is preferable to use polyvinyl alcohol as a main component in terms of basic properties such as oxygen barrier properties and development removal properties. Gives the best results.
 保護層に使用するポリビニルアルコールは、必要な酸素遮断性と水溶性を有するための、未置換ビニルアルコール単位を含有する限り、一部がエステル、エーテル、及びアセタールで置換されていてもよい。また、同様に一部が他の共重合成分を有していてもよい。ポリビニルアルコールはポリ酢酸ビニルを加水分解することにより得られるが、ポリビニルアルコールの具体例としては69.0モル%~100モル%加水分解され、重合繰り返し単位が300から2,400の範囲のものを挙げることができる。具体的には、(株)クラレ製のPVA-102、PVA-103、PVA-105、PVA-110、PVA-117、PVA-117H、PVA-120、PVA-124、PVA-124H、PVA-CS、PVA-CST、PVA-HC、PVA-203、PVA-204、PVA-205、PVA-210、PVA-217、PVA-220、PVA-224、PVA-235、PVA-217EE、PVA-217E、PVA-220E、PVA-224E、PVA-403、PVA-405、PVA-420、PVA-424H、PVA-505、PVA-617、PVA-613、PVA-706、L-8等が挙げられ、これらは単独又は混合して使用できる。好ましい態様としてはポリビニルアルコールの保護層中の含有率が20質量%~95質量%、より好ましくは、30質量%~90質量%である。 (4) The polyvinyl alcohol used for the protective layer may be partially substituted with an ester, an ether, or an acetal as long as it contains an unsubstituted vinyl alcohol unit for having necessary oxygen barrier properties and water solubility. Similarly, a part may have another copolymer component. Polyvinyl alcohol is obtained by hydrolyzing polyvinyl acetate. Specific examples of polyvinyl alcohol include those having 69.0 mol% to 100 mol% and having a polymerization repeating unit in the range of 300 to 2,400. Can be mentioned. Specifically, PVA-102, PVA-103, PVA-105, PVA-110, PVA-117, PVA-117H, PVA-120, PVA-124, PVA-124H, PVA-CS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd. , PVA-CST, PVA-HC, PVA-203, PVA-204, PVA-205, PVA-210, PVA-217, PVA-220, PVA-224, PVA-235, PVA-217EE, PVA-217E, PVA -220E, PVA-224E, PVA-403, PVA-405, PVA-420, PVA-424H, PVA-505, PVA-617, PVA-613, PVA-706, L-8 and the like. Alternatively, they can be used in combination. In a preferred embodiment, the content of polyvinyl alcohol in the protective layer is from 20% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
 また、公知の変性ポリビニルアルコールも好ましく用いることができる。特に、カルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報、特開2006-259137号公報記載のポリビニルアルコールが好適に挙げられる。 公 知 Also, known modified polyvinyl alcohol can be preferably used. Particularly, acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group is preferably used. Specifically, polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 are preferably mentioned.
 ポリビニルアルコールと別の材料を混合して使用する場合、混合する成分としては、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン又はその変性物が酸素遮断性、現像除去性といった観点から好ましく、保護層中の含有率が好ましくは3.5質量%~80質量%、より好ましくは10質量%~60質量%、更に好ましくは15質量%~30質量%である。 When using a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol and another material, as the components to be mixed, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or a modified product thereof is preferable from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, development removability, and the content in the protective layer is preferably Preferably it is 3.5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, still more preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass.
 保護層の他の組成物として、グリセリン、ジプロピレングリコール等を(共)重合体に対して数質量%相当量添加して可撓性を付与することができ、また、アルキル硫酸ナトリウム、アルキルスルホン酸ナトリウム等のアニオン界面活性剤;アルキルアミノカルボン酸塩、アルキルアミノジカルボン酸塩等の両性界面活性剤;ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル等の非イオン界面活性剤を(共)重合体に対して数質量%添加することができる。 As another composition of the protective layer, glycerin, dipropylene glycol or the like can be added to the (co) polymer in an amount equivalent to several mass% to impart flexibility. Anionic surfactants such as sodium silicate; amphoteric surfactants such as alkylaminocarboxylates and alkylaminodicarboxylates; and nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether are added to the (co) polymer in a number. % By mass.
 更に、上記平版印刷版原版における保護層には、酸素遮断性や画像記録層表面保護性を向上させる目的で、無機質の層状化合物を含有させることも好ましい。無機質の層状化合物の中でも、合成の無機質の層状化合物であるフッ素系の膨潤性合成雲母が特に有用である。具体的には、特開2005-119273号公報記載の無機質の層状化合物が好適に挙げられる。 Further, the protective layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor preferably contains an inorganic layer compound for the purpose of improving oxygen barrier properties and image recording layer surface protective properties. Among the inorganic layered compounds, fluorine-based swellable synthetic mica, which is a synthetic inorganic layered compound, is particularly useful. Specifically, an inorganic layered compound described in JP-A-2005-119273 is preferably exemplified.
 保護層の塗布量としては、乾燥後の塗布量で、0.02g/m~10g/mの範囲であることが好ましく、無機質の層状化合物を含有する場合には、0.1g/m~5g/mの範囲であることが更に好ましく、無機質の層状化合物を含有しない場合には、0.5g/m~5g/mの範囲であることが更に好ましい。 The coating amount of the protective layer, the coating amount after drying is preferably in the range of 0.02g / m 2 ~ 10g / m 2, when the protective layer contains the inorganic stratiform compound, 0.1 g / m more preferably in the range of 2 ~ 5g / m 2, in case of not containing an inorganic stratiform compound, it is more preferably in the range of 0.5g / m 2 ~ 5g / m 2.
〔支持体〕
 本開示における平版印刷版原版に用いられる支持体としては、公知の支持体が用いられる。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版に用いられる支持体としては、アルミニウム支持体が好ましく、親水化されたアルミニウム支持体がより好ましい。
 中でも、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が更に好ましく、粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が特に好ましい。
 上記粗面化処理及び陽極酸化処理は、公知の方法により行うことができる。
 アルミニウム板には、必要に応じて、特開2001-253181号公報や特開2001-322365号公報に記載されている陽極酸化皮膜のマイクロポアの拡大処理や封孔処理、及び米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、同第3,280,734号及び同第3,902,734号の各明細書に記載されているようなアルカリ金属シリケートあるいは米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号及び同第4,689,272号の各明細書に記載されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸などによる表面親水化処理を適宜選択して行うことができる。
 支持体は、中心線平均粗さRaが0.10μm~1.2μmであることが好ましい。
 また、支持体の色濃度としては、反射濃度値として0.15~0.65であることが好ましい。この範囲内で、画像露光時のハレーション防止による良好な画像形成性と現像後の良好な検版性が得られる。
 支持体の厚さは0.1mm~0.6mmであることが好ましく、0.15mm~0.4mmであることがより好ましく、0.2mm~0.3mmであることが更に好ましい。
(Support)
As the support used for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, a known support is used.
The support used in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably an aluminum support, and more preferably a hydrophilized aluminum support.
Among them, an anodized aluminum plate is more preferable, and a roughened and anodized aluminum plate is particularly preferable.
The surface roughening treatment and the anodic oxidation treatment can be performed by known methods.
If necessary, the aluminum plate may be subjected to a process of enlarging or sealing micropores of an anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 or JP-A-2001-322365, and US Pat. Nos. 3,714,066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734, and 3,902,734, and alkali metal silicates described in U.S. Pat. 276,868, 4,153,461, and 4,689,272 by appropriately selecting a surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinylphosphonic acid or the like. Can be.
The support preferably has a center line average roughness Ra of 0.10 μm to 1.2 μm.
The color density of the support is preferably 0.15 to 0.65 as a reflection density value. Within this range, good image forming properties due to the prevention of halation during image exposure and good plate inspection properties after development can be obtained.
The thickness of the support is preferably from 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, more preferably from 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and even more preferably from 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm.
 支持体には必要に応じて、裏面に、特開平5-45885号公報に記載されている有機高分子化合物、特開平6-35174号公報に記載されているケイ素のアルコキシ化合物を含むバックコート層を設けることができる。 If necessary, a back coat layer containing an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a silicon alkoxy compound described in JP-A-6-35174 is formed on the back surface of the support. Can be provided.
〔支持体親水化処理、下塗り層〕
 上記平版印刷版原版においては、非画像部領域の親水性を向上させ印刷汚れを防止するために、支持体表面の親水化処理を行う、又は、支持体と画像記録層との間に下塗り層を設けることも好適である。
(Support hydrophilic treatment, undercoat layer)
In the lithographic printing plate precursor, in order to improve the hydrophilicity of the non-image area and prevent printing stains, the surface of the support is subjected to a hydrophilic treatment, or an undercoat layer is provided between the support and the image recording layer. It is also preferable to provide.
 支持体表面の親水化処理としては、支持体をケイ酸ナトリウム等の水溶液に浸漬処理又は電解処理するアルカリ金属シリケート処理、フッ化ジルコン酸カリウムで処理する方法、ポリビニルホスホン酸で処理する方法等が挙げられるが、ポリビニルホスホン酸水溶液に浸漬処理する方法が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the treatment for hydrophilizing the surface of the support include an alkali metal silicate treatment in which the support is immersed in an aqueous solution such as sodium silicate or an electrolytic treatment, a method of treating with potassium fluorozirconate, and a method of treating with polyvinyl phosphonic acid. However, a method of immersion treatment in an aqueous solution of polyvinyl phosphonic acid is preferably used.
 下塗り層としては、ホスホン酸、リン酸、スルホン酸などの酸基を有する化合物を有する下塗り層が好ましく用いられる。これらの化合物は、画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために、更に重合性基を含有することが好ましい。重合性基としてはエチレン性不飽和結合基が好ましい。更にエチレンオキシ基などの親水性付与基を有する化合物も好適な化合物として挙げることができる。
 これらの化合物は低分子でも高分子ポリマーであってもよい。また、これらの化合物は必要に応じて2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。
 特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性不飽和結合基を有しているリン化合物などが好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、及び特開2006-215263号の各公報記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面に相互作用する官能基、及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物を含有するものも好ましく用いられる。
As the undercoat layer, an undercoat layer having a compound having an acid group such as phosphonic acid, phosphoric acid, or sulfonic acid is preferably used. It is preferable that these compounds further contain a polymerizable group in order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer. As the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable. Further, a compound having a hydrophilicity-imparting group such as an ethyleneoxy group can also be mentioned as a suitable compound.
These compounds may be low molecular or high molecular polymers. These compounds may be used as a mixture of two or more kinds, if necessary.
A silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond group described in JP-A-10-282679 and an silane coupling agent having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group described in JP-A-2-304441. And the like. JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-125749, JP-A-2006-239867, and JP-A-2006-215263, crosslinkable groups (preferably ethylenically unsaturated bonding groups), and a support Those containing a low molecular weight or high molecular weight compound having a functional group interacting with the surface and a hydrophilic group are also preferably used.
 下塗り層は、公知の方法で塗布される。下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1mg/m~100mg/mであることが好ましく、1mg/m~30mg/mであることがより好ましい。 The undercoat layer is applied by a known method. The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2 , more preferably from 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
 平版印刷版原版は、各構成層の塗布液を通常の方法に従って塗布、乾燥して各構成層を形成することにより製造することができる。塗布には、ダイコート法、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ローラーコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、スライドコート法など用いられる。 A lithographic printing plate precursor can be produced by applying a coating solution for each constituent layer according to a usual method, followed by drying to form each constituent layer. For coating, a die coating method, a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a roller coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a slide coating method, or the like is used.
<現像工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、pHが10以上12未満の現像液により現像処理を行う工程(現像工程)を含み、上記現像液が、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含む。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、上記現像処理を行う工程後に、現像処理して得られた平版印刷版を水洗する工程(水洗工程)を含まないことが好ましい。上記現像液が、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含むことにより、これら少なくとも2種の界面活性剤が協奏的に作用し、少なくとも1種の界面活性剤が版面へ付着することにより、また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れるため、水洗を行わなくとも、現像スラッジ等の現像除去成分等による版面への汚れの付着が少ない。
 ここで言う水洗工程とは、一般的な現像システムにおいて、現像工程の後に行われているものを指す。水洗工程としては、一般に現像除去成分の版面再付着に起因する印刷汚れを抑制するため、一般の水道水、井水、イオン交換水、蒸留水など如何なる水を使用することが公知であり、また、上記水洗工程に用いられる水は、常に新鮮水を使用するか、水洗工程で使用された水を、フィルターを通して循環させて再使用することも公知である。
<Development process>
The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of performing a developing treatment with a developer having a pH of 10 or more and less than 12 (developing step), wherein the developer is an amphoteric surfactant and a component other than the amphoteric surfactant. And a surfactant.
Further, it is preferable that the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure does not include a step of washing the planographic printing plate obtained by the developing treatment with water (rinsing step) after the step of performing the developing treatment. When the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant, these at least two surfactants act in concert, and at least one surfactant is used as a plate surface. By adhering to the lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, the method for producing a lithographic printing plate is excellent in developing sludge suppression properties. Few.
The term “water washing step” as used herein refers to a step performed after the developing step in a general developing system. As the washing step, it is generally known to use any water such as general tap water, well water, ion-exchanged water, distilled water, etc. It is also known that fresh water is always used as the water used in the water washing step, or water used in the water washing step is circulated through a filter and reused.
<<現像液>>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法に使用される現像液は、pHが10以上12未満であり、かつ、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含む。
<< Developer >>
The developer used in the method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure has a pH of 10 or more and less than 12, and contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
-両性界面活性剤-
 上記現像液は、両性界面活性剤を含む。
 上記両性界面活性剤としては、ベタイン化合物(カルボベタイン化合物)、スルホベタイン化合物、アミンオキシド化合物、ホスフィンオキシド化合物等が挙げられる。
 中でも、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、カルボベタイン化合物、スルホベタイン化合物、又は、アミンオキシド化合物が好ましく、カルボベタイン化合物、又は、スルホベタイン化合物がより好ましく、カルボベタイン化合物が特に好ましい。
-Amphoteric surfactant-
The developer contains an amphoteric surfactant.
Examples of the amphoteric surfactant include betaine compounds (carbobetaine compounds), sulfobetaine compounds, amine oxide compounds, and phosphine oxide compounds.
Above all, from the viewpoints of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, a carbobetaine compound, a sulfobetaine compound, or an amine oxide compound is preferred, a carbobetaine compound or a sulfobetaine compound is more preferred, and a carbobetaine compound is particularly preferred.
 また、上記両性界面活性剤としては、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、下記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましく、下記式(II)で表される化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 Further, the amphoteric surfactant preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II) from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and is represented by the following formula (II). More preferably, the compound contains
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(I)及び式(II)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、上記R~Rにおける上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、上記R~Rにおける上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、Lはアルキレン基を表し、Aはカルボン酸イオン又はスルホン酸イオンを表す。 In the formulas (I) and (II), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O) in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in the above R 1 to R 3 . O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide bond (—NH— (C = O) —), and R 4 to R 6 may have a linking group. Each independently represents an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O) O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide bond (in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in R 4 to R 6 ) It may have a linking group selected from the group consisting of -NH- (C = O)-), L represents an alkylene group, and A represents a carboxylate ion or a sulfonate ion.
 式(I)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基を表し、上記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つが、上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していることが好ましい。なお、上記R~Rのうちの1つ又は2つが、上記の連結基を有していることが好ましく、1つが上記の連結基を有していることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基が例示される。
 R~Rの炭素数はそれぞれ独立に、1~30であることが好ましく、1~24であることがより好ましく、1~20であることが更に好ましく、1~18であることが特に好ましい。また、式(I)のR~Rの炭素数の総和は、8~22であることが好ましく、10~20であることがより好ましい。なお、R~Rが連結基としてエステル結合やアミド結合を有している場合、上記の炭素数の総和とは、上記連結基に含まれる炭素数を合わせた炭素数を意味するものである。
 また、上記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つは、炭素数10~30のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数10~30の無置換アルキル基、炭素数10~30のアシルオキシアルキル基、炭素数10~30のアルコキシアルキル基、又は、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数10~30の無置換アルキル基、又は、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。
In the formula (I), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and at least one of the above R 1 to R 3 has an ester bond (— (C = O)) in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group. It preferably has a linking group selected from the group consisting of O-), an ether bond (-O-), and an amide bond (-NH- (C = O)-). Preferably, one or two of R 1 to R 3 have the above-mentioned linking group, and more preferably one has the above-mentioned linking group.
The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a hydroxy group.
The carbon number of each of R 1 to R 3 is independently preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 24, further preferably 1 to 20, and particularly preferably 1 to 18. preferable. The total number of carbon atoms of R 1 to R 3 in the formula (I) is preferably from 8 to 22, and more preferably from 10 to 20. In the case where R 1 to R 3 have an ester bond or an amide bond as a linking group, the above total number of carbon atoms means the total number of carbon atoms included in the linking group. is there.
Further, at least one of R 1 to R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an acyloxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkoxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an amidoalkyl group, particularly preferably an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
 式(II)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に,アルキル基を表し、上記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つが、上記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していることが好ましい。なお、上記R~Rのうちの1つ又は2つが、上記の連結基を有していることが好ましく、1つが上記の連結基を有していることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基が例示される。
 R~Rの炭素数はそれぞれ独立に、1~30であることが好ましく、1~24であることがより好ましく、1~20であることが更に好ましく、1~18であることが特に好ましい。また、上記式(II)のR~Rの炭素数の総和は、8~25であることが好ましく、11~21であることがより好ましい。なお、R~Rが連結基としてエステル結合やアミド結合を有している場合、上記の炭素数の総和とは、上記連結基に含まれる炭素数を合わせた炭素数を意味するものである。
 また、上記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つは、炭素数10~30のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数10~30の無置換アルキル基、炭素数10~30のアシルオキシアルキル基、炭素数10~30のアルコキシアルキル基、又は、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数10~30の無置換アルキル基、又は、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数10~30のアルキルアミドアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。
 上記式(II)中、Lはアルキレン基を表し、上記アルキレン基は炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~4であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記アルキル基及びアルキレン基は置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基が例示される。
 上記式(II)中、Aはカルボン酸イオン又はスルホン酸イオンを表し、カルボン酸イオンであることが好ましい。
In the formula (II), R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, and at least one of the above R 4 to R 6 has an ester bond (-(C = O ) It preferably has a linking group selected from the group consisting of O-), an ether bond (-O-), and an amide bond (-NH- (C = O)-). In addition, one or two of the above R 4 to R 6 preferably have the above-mentioned linking group, and more preferably one has the above-mentioned linking group.
The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a hydroxy group.
The carbon number of R 4 to R 6 is each independently preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 20, and particularly preferably 1 to 18. preferable. The total number of carbon atoms of R 4 to R 6 in the formula (II) is preferably from 8 to 25, and more preferably from 11 to 21. In the case where R 4 to R 6 have an ester bond or an amide bond as a linking group, the above total number of carbon atoms means the total number of carbon atoms in the linking group. is there.
Further, at least one of R 4 to R 6 is preferably an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an acyloxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkoxyalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an amidoalkyl group, particularly preferably an alkylamidoalkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
In the above formula (II), L represents an alkylene group, and the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, it has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group and the alkylene group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
In the above formula (II), A represents a carboxylate ion or a sulfonate ion, and is preferably a carboxylate ion.
 上記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物の具体的な例としては、以下の構造が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 具体 Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (I) or (II) include, but are not limited to, the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 これらの中でも、上記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物としては、BO-5~BO-7、BC-1、BC-2、BC-5、又は、BC-6が特に好ましい。
 また、上記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物としては、花王(株)製「アンヒトール」シリーズ、川研ファインケミカル(株)製「ソフタゾリン」シリーズ、竹本油脂(株)製「パイオニンC」シリーズ、東邦化学工業(株)製「ソフタミン」シリーズ、「オバゾリン」シリーズ、などの市販品として入手可能である。
Among these, BO-5 to BO-7, BC-1, BC-2, BC-5, or BC-6 is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the above formula (I) or (II). .
Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (I) or (II) include “Amphitol” series manufactured by Kao Corporation, “Softazoline” series manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., and “Pionin” manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. C "series," Sophamine "series," Obazoline "series manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and the like, and commercially available products.
 両性界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 両性界面活性剤の含有量は、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、現像液の全質量に対し、0.5質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましく、4質量%~10質量%であることが特に好ましい。
The amphoteric surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the amphoteric surfactant is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the developing solution, from the viewpoints of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance. Is more preferable, and particularly preferably 4 to 10% by mass.
-両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤-
 上記現像液は、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤を含む。
 上記両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤としては、アニオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
 中でも、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、アニオン性界面活性剤及びノニオン性界面活性剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の界面活性剤が好ましい。
-Surfactants other than amphoteric surfactant-
The developer contains a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
Examples of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant include an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and a cationic surfactant.
Among them, at least one surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants and nonionic surfactants is preferred from the viewpoints of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
 本開示に用いることができるアニオン系界面活性剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、脂肪酸塩類、アビエチン酸塩類、ヒドロキシアルカンスルホン酸塩類、アルカンスルホン酸塩類、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸塩類、直鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、分岐鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩類、アルキルフェノキシポリオキシエチレンプロピルスルホン酸塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルスルホフェニルエーテル塩類、N-メチル-N-オレイルタウリンナトリウム類、N-アルキルスルホコハク酸モノアミド二ナトリウム塩類、石油スルホン酸塩類、硫酸化ヒマシ油、硫酸化牛脂油、脂肪酸アルキルエステルの硫酸エステル塩類、アルキル硫酸エステル塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸エステル塩類、脂肪酸モノグリセリド硫酸エステル塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸エステル塩類、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテル硫酸エステル塩類、アルキル燐酸エステル塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル燐酸エステル塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル燐酸エステル塩類、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合物の部分けん化物類、オレフィン-無水マレイン酸共重合物の部分けん化物類、ナフタレンスルホン酸塩ホルマリン縮合物類、芳香族スルホン酸塩類、芳香族置換ポリオキシエチレンスルホン酸塩類等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸塩類、アルキル硫酸エステル塩類及び/又はアルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩類が特に好ましく用いられる。 ア ニ オ ン The anionic surfactant that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known anionic surfactant can be used. For example, fatty acid salts, abietic acid salts, hydroxyalkane sulfonates, alkane sulfonates, dialkyl sulfosuccinates, linear alkyl benzene sulfonates, branched alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, alkyl phenoxy polyoxyethylene Propyl sulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfophenyl ether salts, N-methyl-N-oleyltaurine sodium salts, N-alkyl sulfosuccinic acid monoamide disodium salts, petroleum sulfonates, sulfated castor oil, sulfated tallow oil, Fatty acid alkyl ester sulfates, alkyl sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfates, fatty acid monoglyceride sulfates, polyoxy Tylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether sulfates, alkyl phosphates, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether phosphates, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer And partially saponified olefin-maleic anhydride copolymers, naphthalene sulfonate formalin condensates, aromatic sulfonates, aromatic substituted polyoxyethylene sulfonates, and the like. Among these, dialkyl sulfosuccinates, alkyl sulfate salts and / or alkyl naphthalene sulfonates are particularly preferably used.
 上記アニオン性界面活性剤は、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、芳香環構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、芳香環構造と、スルホン酸塩構造、カルボン酸塩構造、及びリン酸塩構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構造とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、芳香環構造と、スルホン酸塩構造とを有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 上記芳香環構造としては、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、ベンゼン環構造、又は、ナフタレン環構造であることが好ましく、ナフタレン環構造であることがより好ましい。
The anionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and an aromatic ring structure, a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, and a phosphate. A compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of structures is more preferable, and a compound having an aromatic ring structure and a sulfonate structure is particularly preferable.
The aromatic ring structure is preferably a benzene ring structure or a naphthalene ring structure, more preferably a naphthalene ring structure, from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
 また、上記アニオン性界面活性剤としては、下記式(III)又は式(IV)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 In addition, the anionic surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (III) or formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(III)及び式(IV)中、RAn1~RAn10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、LAnは1~3の整数を表し、XAn1及びXAn2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホン酸塩基、カルボン酸塩基又はリン酸塩基を表し、RAn1~RAn5の炭素数の総和が3以上であり、RAn6~RAn10の炭素数の総和が3以上である。 In formulas (III) and (IV), R An1 ~ R An10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, LAn is an integer of 1 ~ 3, X An 1 and X An2 are each independently sulfone An acid base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 is 3 or more, and the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 is 3 or more.
 式(III)におけるRAn1~RAn5のうちの1つが、アルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることが好ましく、RAn1~RAn5のうちの1つが、炭素数1~30のアルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることがより好ましく、RAn1~RAn5のうちの1つが、炭素数8~20のアルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 式(IV)におけるRAn6~RAn10のうちの1つが、アルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることが好ましく、RAn6~RAn10のうちの1つが、炭素数1~30のアルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることがより好ましく、RAn6~RAn10のうちの1つが、炭素数8~20のアルキル基であり、他が水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 また、式(IV)におけるRAn8は、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 RAn1~RAn10におけるアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。
 式(III)及び式(IV)におけるXAn1及びXAn2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホン酸塩基、又は、カルボン酸塩基であることが好ましく、スルホン酸塩基であることがより好ましい。
 また、上記XAn1及びXAn2におけるスルホン酸塩基、カルボン酸塩基又はリン酸塩基は、スルホン酸のアルカリ金属塩基、カルボン酸のアルカリ金属塩基又はリン酸のアルカリ金属塩基であることが好ましく、スルホン酸のナトリウム塩基、カルボン酸のナトリウム塩基又はリン酸のナトリウム塩基であることがより好ましい。
 式(III)におけるRAn1~RAn5の炭素数の総和は、3~30であることが好ましく、8~30であることがより好ましく、8~20であることが特に好ましい。
 式(IV)におけるRAn6~RAn10の炭素数の総和は、3~30であることが好ましく、8~30であることがより好ましく、8~20であることが特に好ましい。
In formula (III), one of R An1 to R An5 is preferably an alkyl group, and the other is preferably a hydrogen atom, and one of R An1 to R An5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. And the other is more preferably a hydrogen atom, and one of R An1 to R An5 is more preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and the other is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
In formula (IV), one of R An6 to R An10 is preferably an alkyl group, and the other is preferably a hydrogen atom. One of R An6 to R An10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. , And the other is more preferably a hydrogen atom, and even more preferably, one of R An6 to R An10 is an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
Further, R An8 in the formula (IV) is preferably an alkyl group.
The alkyl group in R An1 to R An10 may be linear or branched.
In formula (III) and each X An 1 and X An2 independently in Formula (IV), sulfonate, or is preferably a carboxylate group, and more preferably sulfonate.
Also, the sulfonate group in the above X An 1 and X An2, carboxylate or phosphate base is an alkali metal salt of sulfonic acid is preferably an alkali metal base of an alkali metal base or phosphoric acid of the carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid More preferably, it is a sodium base, a carboxylic acid sodium base or a phosphoric acid sodium base.
The total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 in the formula (III) is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 8 to 30, and particularly preferably 8 to 20.
The total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 in the formula (IV) is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 8 to 30, and particularly preferably 8 to 20.
 本開示に用いることができるノニオン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコール型の高級アルコールエチレンオキサイド付加物、フェノールやナフトールなどのエチレンオキサイド付加物、脂肪酸エチレンオキサイド付加物、多価アルコール脂肪酸エステルエチレンオキサイド付加物、高級アルキルアミンエチレンオキサイド付加物、脂肪酸アミドエチレンオキサイド付加物、油脂のエチレンオキサイド付加物、ポリプロピレングリコールエチレンオキサイド付加物、ジメチルシロキサン-エチレンオキサイドブロックコポリマー、ジメチルシロキサン-(プロピレンオキサイド-エチレンオキサイド)ブロックコポリマー等や、多価アルコール型のグリセロールの脂肪酸エステル、ペンタエリスリトールの脂肪酸エステル、ソルビトール及びソルビタンの脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖の脂肪酸エステル、多価アルコールのアルキルエーテル、アルカノールアミン類の脂肪酸アミド等が挙げられる。また、アセチレングリコール系とアセチレンアルコール系のオキシエチレン付加物、フッ素系、シリコーン系等の界面活性剤も同様に使用することができる。 Nonionic surfactants that can be used in the present disclosure include, for example, polyethylene glycol-type higher alcohol ethylene oxide adducts, ethylene oxide adducts such as phenol and naphthol, fatty acid ethylene oxide adducts, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester ethylene Oxide adduct, higher alkylamine ethylene oxide adduct, fatty acid amide ethylene oxide adduct, ethylene oxide adduct of oils and fats, polypropylene glycol ethylene oxide adduct, dimethylsiloxane-ethylene oxide block copolymer, dimethylsiloxane- (propylene oxide-ethylene oxide ) Fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohol type glycerol and fatty acid esters of pentaerythritol Fatty acid esters of sorbitol and sorbitan, fatty acid esters of sucrose, alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid amides of alkanolamines. In addition, surfactants such as acetylene glycol-based and acetylene alcohol-based oxyethylene adducts, fluorine-based and silicone-based surfactants can also be used.
 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、芳香環構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、芳香環構造と、アルキレンオキシ鎖構造とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、芳香環構造と、炭素数2又は3のアルキレンオキシ鎖構造とを有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 上記芳香環構造としては、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、ベンゼン環構造、又は、ナフタレン環構造であることが好ましく、ナフタレン環構造であることがより好ましい。
The nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance, and more preferably a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure. And a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring structure is preferably a benzene ring structure or a naphthalene ring structure, more preferably a naphthalene ring structure, from the viewpoint of development sludge suppression and scratch resistance.
 また、上記ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、下記式(V)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
  XNo-YNo-O-(ANo)p-(BNo)q-H   (V)
 式(V)中、XNoは芳香族基を表し、YNoは単結合又は炭素数1~10のアルキレン基を表し、ANo及びBNoは互いに異なる基であって、-CHCHO-又は-CHCH(CH)O-を表し、p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、p及びqの和は2以上である。
In addition, the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (V).
X No -Y No -O- (A No ) p- (B No ) qH (V)
In the formula (V), X No represents an aromatic group, Y No represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A No and B No are different groups, and —CH 2 CH 2 Represents O— or —CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O—, p and q each independently represents an integer of 0 to 100, and the sum of p and q is 2 or more.
 式(V)におけるXNoとしては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、トリスチリルフェニル基が好ましく、ナフチル基、又は、トリスチリルフェニル基がより好ましい。
 式(V)におけるYNoとしては、単結合又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合がより好ましい。
 p及びqの和は、2~50であることが好ましく、10~30であることがより好ましい。
 また、式(V)で表される化合物は、-(CHCHO)-構造を有することが好ましい。rは、2~100の整数を表し、2~50であることが好ましく、10~30であることがより好ましい。
X No in the formula (V) is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a tristyrylphenyl group, and more preferably a naphthyl group or a tristyrylphenyl group.
As Y No in the formula (V), a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.
The sum of p and q is preferably 2 to 50, more preferably 10 to 30.
Further, the compound represented by the formula (V) preferably has a — (CH 2 CH 2 O) r — structure. r represents an integer of 2 to 100, preferably 2 to 50, and more preferably 10 to 30.
 本開示に用いることができるカチオン系界面活性剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、アルキルアミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン塩類、ポリエチレンポリアミン誘導体が挙げられる。 カ チ オ ン The cationic surfactant that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known cationic surfactant can be used. Examples include alkylamine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, polyoxyethylene alkylamine salts, and polyethylenepolyamine derivatives.
 両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤は、1種単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤の含有量は、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%がより好ましい。
 また、上記現像液における両性界面活性剤の含有量は、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、上記現像液における両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤の含有量よりも多いことが好ましい。
 更に、(上記現像液における両性界面活性剤の含有量)/(上記現像液における両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤の含有量)の値が、現像スラッジ抑制性及び耐傷性の観点から、0.8~10であることが好ましく、1.0~7であることがより好ましく、1.1~5であることが更に好ましく、2.0~4.0であることが特に好ましい。
Surfactants other than amphoteric surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably from 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer, from the viewpoints of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance. -5% by mass is more preferred.
Further, the content of the amphoteric surfactant in the developer is preferably larger than the content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant in the developer from the viewpoints of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance.
Further, the value of (the content of the amphoteric surfactant in the developer) / (the content of the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant in the developer) is 0 from the viewpoint of the development sludge suppressing property and the scratch resistance. It is preferably from 0.8 to 10, more preferably from 1.0 to 7, further preferably from 1.1 to 5, and particularly preferably from 2.0 to 4.0.
-水-
 上記現像液は、水を含むことが好ましい。
 ここで水とは、純水、蒸留水、イオン交換水、水道水などを指し、また如何なる硬度の水でも使用可能である。
 上記現像液における水の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましい。また、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
-water-
The developer preferably contains water.
Here, water refers to pure water, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, and the like, and water of any hardness can be used.
The water content in the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 99.5 mass% or less, and it is more preferable that it is 99 mass% or less.
-有機溶剤-
 上記現像液は、現像性、及び、現像スラッジ抑制性の観点から、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 上記有機溶剤は、常温(20℃)で液体状態の有機化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記有機溶剤は、現像除去成分を可溶化する化合物が好ましい。また、上記有機溶剤は、20℃において、現像液の主成分である水に溶解することが好ましい。
 現像除去成分は、現像液中の界面活性剤(両性界面活性剤、及び、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤)によってミセル形成して可溶化されるか、又は、有機溶剤によって溶解されている。現像速度や現像液中の現像除去成分安定性の観点では有機溶剤を含むほうが有利であるが、1浴処理の場合には印刷汚れの点で不利となる。これは、現像後の非画像部上に付着していた現像液の有機溶剤が揮発すると、有機溶剤によって溶解されていた現像除去成分が析出し非画像部表面に付着してしまうためと考えている。従って、現像性が問題なければ、有機溶剤は含有量が少ない方が好ましい。有機溶剤の含有量は、5質量%未満であることが好ましく、4質量%以下であることがより好ましく、3質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
-Organic solvent-
The developer preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoints of developability and suppression of development sludge.
The organic solvent is preferably an organic compound in a liquid state at normal temperature (20 ° C.).
The organic solvent is preferably a compound that solubilizes the development removal component. The organic solvent is preferably dissolved at 20 ° C. in water which is a main component of the developer.
The development-removed component is solubilized by forming micelles with a surfactant (amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant) in the developer, or is dissolved by an organic solvent. . It is more advantageous to include an organic solvent from the viewpoint of the development speed and the stability of the development-removed components in the developer, but the single-bath treatment is disadvantageous in terms of printing stains. This is thought to be because if the organic solvent of the developer adhering to the non-image area after development volatilizes, the development-removed components dissolved by the organic solvent precipitate and adhere to the non-image area surface. I have. Therefore, if there is no problem in developability, it is preferable that the content of the organic solvent is small. The content of the organic solvent is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass or less, still more preferably 3% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass or less. preferable.
 また、上記有機溶剤は、20℃における水への溶解度が1.5g/100ml~7.0g/100mlのものが好ましい。より好ましくは、2.5g/100ml~5.0g/100mlのものである。
 本開示に使用可能な有機溶剤として具体的には、1-ペンタノール(2.7g/100ml)、2-ペンタノール(4.5g/100ml)、3-ペンタノール(5.2g/100ml)、2-メチル-1-ブタノール(3.0g/100ml)、3-メチル-1-ブタノール(2.7g/100ml)、3-メチル-2-ブタノール(5.6g/100ml)、ネオペンチルアルコール(3.5g/100ml)、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール(2.0g/100ml)、ベンジルアルコール(4.0g/100ml)、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル(2.7g/100ml)、プロピレングリコールモノn-ブチルエーテル(4.4g/100ml)、酢酸プロピル(1.6g/100ml)、酢酸イソプロピル(4.3g/100ml)、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート(6.5g/100ml)、ジエチルケトン(1.7g/100ml)、2-ペンタノン(4.0g/100ml)、メチルイソブチルケトン(1.9g/100ml)等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 これらの中でも、ベンジルアルコールが好ましく挙げられる。
The organic solvent preferably has a solubility in water at 20 ° C. of 1.5 g / 100 ml to 7.0 g / 100 ml. More preferably, it is 2.5 g / 100 ml to 5.0 g / 100 ml.
Specific examples of the organic solvent usable in the present disclosure include 1-pentanol (2.7 g / 100 ml), 2-pentanol (4.5 g / 100 ml), 3-pentanol (5.2 g / 100 ml), 2-methyl-1-butanol (3.0 g / 100 ml), 3-methyl-1-butanol (2.7 g / 100 ml), 3-methyl-2-butanol (5.6 g / 100 ml), neopentyl alcohol (3 0.5 g / 100 ml), 4-methyl-2-pentanol (2.0 g / 100 ml), benzyl alcohol (4.0 g / 100 ml), ethylene glycol monophenyl ether (2.7 g / 100 ml), propylene glycol mono n- Butyl ether (4.4 g / 100 ml), propyl acetate (1.6 g / 100 ml), isopropyl acetate (4.3 / 100 ml), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (6.5 g / 100 ml), diethyl ketone (1.7 g / 100 ml), 2-pentanone (4.0 g / 100 ml), methyl isobutyl ketone (1.9 g / 100 ml) and the like. Can be These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Among these, benzyl alcohol is preferred.
 上記現像液のpHは、10以上12未満であり、現像スラッジ抑制性の観点から、10.2~11.8にあることが好ましく、10.5~11.5であることがより好ましい。 (4) The pH of the developer is 10 or more and less than 12, and is preferably from 10.2 to 11.8, more preferably from 10.5 to 11.5, from the viewpoint of suppressing development sludge.
 上記現像液は、pHの調整、非画像部画像記録層の溶解を補助する目的で、補足的にアルカリ剤を含有してもよい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば金属水酸化物、炭酸塩又は炭酸水素塩、及び、有機アルカリ剤を挙げることができる。
 金属水酸化物としては、アルカリ金属水酸化物であることが好ましく、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、又は、水酸化カリウムであることがより好ましい。
 炭酸塩及び炭酸水素塩は、特に限定されないが、アルカリ金属塩であることが好ましい。アルカリ金属としては、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウムが挙げられ、ナトリウムが特に好ましい。
 また、有機アルカリ剤としては、モノメチルアミン、ジメチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、モノエチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、モノイソプロピルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、トリイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、モノイソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジアミン、ピリジン等のアミン化合物、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等を挙げることができる。
 中でも、金属水酸化物、又は、有機アルカリ剤が好ましく、有機アルカリ剤がより好ましく、アミン化合物が特に好ましい。
 これらのアルカリ剤は、1種単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。
The developer may additionally contain an alkali agent for the purpose of adjusting pH and assisting dissolution of the non-image area image recording layer. Examples of the alkali agent include a metal hydroxide, a carbonate or a bicarbonate, and an organic alkali agent.
The metal hydroxide is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, more preferably lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or potassium hydroxide.
The carbonate and bicarbonate are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkali metal salts. Examples of the alkali metal include lithium, sodium, and potassium, and sodium is particularly preferable.
Examples of the organic alkaline agent include monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and monoisopropanol. Examples thereof include amine compounds such as amine, diisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, and pyridine; and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
Among them, a metal hydroxide or an organic alkali agent is preferable, an organic alkali agent is more preferable, and an amine compound is particularly preferable.
These alkaline agents are used alone or in combination of two or more.
 以下に、上記現像液におけるその他の成分に関して記載する。 (4) Other components in the developer will be described below.
 画像記録層現像除去後の非画像部表面保護などの目的で、上記現像液には、水溶性高分子化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 本開示に用いることができる水溶性高分子化合物としては、大豆多糖類、澱粉、アラビアガム、デキストリン、繊維素誘導体(例えばカルボキシメチルセルロース、カルボキシエチルセルロース、メチルセルロース等)及びその変性体、プルラン、ポリビニルアルコール及びその誘導体、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアクリルアミド及びアクリルアミド共重合体、ビニルメチルエーテル/無水マレイン酸共重合体、酢酸ビニル/無水マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン/無水マレイン酸共重合体などが挙げられる。
 水溶性高分子化合物の好ましい酸価は、0meq/g~3.0meq/gである。
 酸価の測定は、0.1mol/L水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)で、一般的な自動滴定装置を用いて滴定することにより、行うことができる。
The developer preferably contains a water-soluble polymer compound for the purpose of, for example, protecting the surface of the non-image area after the development of the image recording layer is removed.
Examples of the water-soluble polymer compound that can be used in the present disclosure include soybean polysaccharide, starch, gum arabic, dextrin, cellulose derivatives (eg, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, methylcellulose, etc.) and modified products thereof, pullulan, polyvinyl alcohol and Derivatives, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylamide and acrylamide copolymers, vinyl methyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymer, vinyl acetate / maleic anhydride copolymer, styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer, and the like.
The preferred acid value of the water-soluble polymer compound is from 0 meq / g to 3.0 meq / g.
The acid value can be measured by titration with a 0.1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) using a general automatic titrator.
 上記大豆多糖類としては、従来知られているものが使用でき、例えば市販品としてソヤファイブ(不二製油(株)製)があり、各種グレードのものを使用することができる。好ましく使用できるものは、10質量%水溶液の粘度が10mPa・sec~100mPa・secの範囲にあるものである。 As the above-mentioned soybean polysaccharide, conventionally known ones can be used. For example, Soyafive (manufactured by Fuji Oil Co., Ltd.) is available as a commercial product, and various grades can be used. Those that can be preferably used are those in which the viscosity of the 10% by mass aqueous solution is in the range of 10 mPa · sec to 100 mPa · sec.
 上記澱粉としては、かんしょ澱粉、ばれいしょ澱粉、タピオカ澱粉、小麦澱粉及びコーンスターチ等、更にこれらの変性澱粉や澱粉誘導体が挙げられる。
 変性澱粉は、酸又は酵素等で1分子当たりグルコース残基数5~30の範囲で分解し、更にアルカリ中でオキシプロピレンを付加する方法等で作製することができる。
 澱粉誘導体としては、ブリティッシュガム等の焙焼澱粉、酵素デキストリン及びシャーディンガーデキストリン等の酵素変成デキストリン、可溶化澱粉に示される酸化澱粉、変成アルファー化澱粉及び無変成アルファー化澱粉等のアルファー化澱粉、燐酸澱粉、脂肪澱粉、硫酸澱粉、硝酸澱粉、キサントゲン酸澱粉及びカルバミン酸澱粉等のエステル化澱粉、カルボキシアルキル澱粉、ヒドロキシアルキル澱粉、スルフォアルキル澱粉、シアノエチル澱粉、アリル澱粉、ベンジル澱粉、カルバミルエチル澱粉、ジアルキルアミノ澱粉等のエーテル化澱粉、メチロール架橋澱粉、ヒドロキシアルキル架橋澱粉、燐酸架橋澱粉、ジカルボン酸架橋澱粉等の架橋澱粉、澱粉ポリアクリロアミド共重合体、澱粉ポリアクリル酸共重合体、澱粉ポリ酢酸ビニル共重合体、澱粉ポリアクリロニトリル共重合体、カオチン性澱粉ポリアクリル酸エステル共重合体、カオチン性澱粉ビニルポリマー共重合体、澱粉ポリスチレンマレイン酸共重合体、澱粉ポリエチレンオキサイド共重合体、澱粉ポリプロピレン共重合体等の澱粉グラフト重合体が好ましい。
Examples of the starch include potato starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, wheat starch, corn starch, and the like, and further modified starches and starch derivatives thereof.
The modified starch can be produced by a method in which the number of glucose residues per molecule is decomposed in the range of 5 to 30 with an acid or an enzyme, and oxypropylene is further added in an alkali.
As the starch derivative, roasted starch such as British gum, enzyme-modified dextrin such as enzyme dextrin and Shardinger dextrin, oxidized starch shown in solubilized starch, pregelatinized starch such as denatured pregelatinized starch and non-denatured pregelatinized starch, Esterified starch such as phosphate starch, fat starch, sulfate starch, nitrate starch, xanthate starch and carbamic acid starch, carboxyalkyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, sulfoalkyl starch, cyanoethyl starch, allyl starch, benzyl starch, carbamylethyl Starch, etherified starch such as dialkylamino starch, crosslinked starch such as methylol crosslinked starch, hydroxyalkyl crosslinked starch, phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, dicarboxylic acid crosslinked starch, etc., starch polyacrylamide copolymer, starch polyacrylic acid copolymer, starch Polyacetic acid Nyl copolymer, starch polyacrylonitrile copolymer, chaotic starch polyacrylate copolymer, chaotic starch vinyl polymer copolymer, starch polystyrene maleic acid copolymer, starch polyethylene oxide copolymer, starch polypropylene copolymer Starch graft polymers such as polymers are preferred.
 水溶性高分子化合物の中でも、大豆多糖類、澱粉、アラビアガム、デキストリン、カルボキシメチルセルロース又はポリビニルアルコールが好ましく、アラビアガム又は澱粉がより好ましい。
 水溶性高分子化合物は、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 水溶性高分子化合物の現像液中における含有量は、0.1質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~10質量%がより好ましい。
Among the water-soluble polymer compounds, soybean polysaccharide, starch, gum arabic, dextrin, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinyl alcohol is preferred, and gum arabic or starch is more preferred.
Two or more water-soluble polymer compounds can be used in combination.
The content of the water-soluble polymer compound in the developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass.
 上記現像液には上記の他に、湿潤剤、防腐剤、キレート化合物、消泡剤、有機酸、無機酸、無機塩などを含有することができる。 In addition to the above, the developer may contain a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelating compound, an antifoaming agent, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt, and the like.
 湿潤剤としては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ヘキシレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジグリセリン等が好適に用いられる。
 湿潤剤は1種単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上併用してもよい。
 湿潤剤は、上記現像液の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~5質量%の量で使用されることが好ましい。
As the wetting agent, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, diglycerin and the like are suitably used.
One wetting agent may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination.
The wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
 防腐剤としては、フェノール又はその誘導体、ホルマリン、イミダゾール誘導体、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン誘導体、ベンゾイソチアゾリン-3-オン、2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン、ベンズトリアゾール誘導体、アミジングアニジン誘導体、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ピリジン、キノリン、グアニジン等の誘導体、ダイアジン、トリアゾール誘導体、オキサゾール、オキサジン誘導体、ニトロブロモアルコール系の2-ブロモ-2-ニトロプロパン-1,3-ジオール、1,1-ジブロモ-1-ニトロ-2-エタノール、1,1-ジブロモ-1-ニトロ-2-プロパノール等が好ましく使用できる。防腐剤は1種単独で用いてもよいが、種々のカビ、殺菌に対して効力のあるように2種以上の防腐剤を併用することが好ましい。
 防腐剤の含有量は、細菌、カビ、酵母等に対して、安定に効力を発揮する量であって、細菌、カビ、酵母の種類によっても異なるが、現像液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~4質量%の範囲が好ましい。
Preservatives include phenol or its derivatives, formalin, imidazole derivatives, sodium dehydroacetate, 4-isothiazolin-3-one derivatives, benzoisothiazolin-3-one, 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, benzotriazole derivatives , Amidating anidine derivatives, quaternary ammonium salts, derivatives such as pyridine, quinoline, guanidine, diazine, triazole derivatives, oxazole, oxazine derivatives, nitrobromoalcohol-based 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, 1,1-Dibromo-1-nitro-2-ethanol, 1,1-dibromo-1-nitro-2-propanol and the like can be preferably used. One preservative may be used alone, but it is preferable to use two or more preservatives in combination so as to be effective against various molds and sterilization.
The content of the preservative is an amount stably exerting an effect on bacteria, mold, yeast and the like, and varies depending on the kind of bacteria, mold and yeast. The range is preferably from 0.01% to 4% by mass.
 キレート化合物としては、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;ジエチレントリアミンペンタ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;トリエチレンテトラミンヘキサ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミントリ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;ニトリロトリ酢酸、そのナトリウム塩;1-ヒドロキシエタン-1,1-ジホスホン酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;アミノトリ(メチレンホスホン酸)、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩などのような有機ホスホン酸類或いはホスホノアルカントリカルボン酸類を挙げることができる。上記キレート剤のナトリウム塩、カリウム塩の代わりに有機アミンの塩も有効である。
 キレート剤は現像液中に安定に存在し、印刷性を阻害しないものが好ましく選ばれる。
 キレート剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~1.0質量%であることが好ましい。
Examples of the chelate compound include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, its potassium salt and its sodium salt; diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, its potassium salt and its sodium salt; triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt, and hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid , Potassium salt, sodium salt thereof; nitrilotriacetic acid, sodium salt thereof; 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, potassium salt, sodium salt thereof; aminotri (methylenephosphonic acid), potassium salt, sodium salt thereof And organic phosphonic acids or phosphonoalkanetricarboxylic acids. Organic amine salts are also effective in place of the sodium and potassium salts of the above chelating agents.
The chelating agent is preferably selected from those which are stably present in the developer and do not impair printability.
The content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
 消泡剤としては、一般的なシリコーン系の自己乳化タイプ、乳化タイプ、ノニオン系のHLB(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance)の5以下等の化合物を使用することができる。シリコーン消泡剤が好ましい。その中で乳化分散型及び可溶化等がいずれも使用できる。
 消泡剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~1.0質量%の範囲が好ましい。
As the defoaming agent, compounds of general silicone type self-emulsification type, emulsification type, nonionic type HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) of 5 or less can be used. Silicone defoamers are preferred. Among them, any of emulsification dispersion type and solubilization can be used.
The content of the antifoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
 有機酸としては、クエン酸、酢酸、蓚酸、マロン酸、サリチル酸、カプリル酸、酒石酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、レブリン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、キシレンスルホン酸、フィチン酸、有機ホスホン酸などが挙げられる。有機酸は、そのアルカリ金属塩又はアンモニウム塩の形で用いることもできる。
 有機酸の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が好ましい。
Examples of the organic acid include citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, salicylic acid, caprylic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, levulinic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, phytic acid, and organic phosphonic acid. . Organic acids can also be used in the form of their alkali metal or ammonium salts.
The content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
 無機酸及び無機塩としては、リン酸、メタリン酸、第一リン酸アンモニウム、第二リン酸アンモニウム、第一リン酸ナトリウム、第二リン酸ナトリウム、第一リン酸カリウム、第二リン酸カリウム、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム、ピロリン酸カリウム、ヘキサメタリン酸ナトリウム、硝酸マグネシウム、硝酸ナトリウム、硝酸カリウム、硝酸アンモニウム、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カリウム、硫酸アンモニウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸アンモニウム、硫酸水素ナトリウム、硫酸ニッケルなどが挙げられる。
 無機酸及び無機塩の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が好ましい。
As the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium phosphate monobasic, ammonium phosphate dibasic, sodium phosphate monobasic, sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate monobasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, Examples include sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogen sulfate, nickel sulfate, and the like.
The content of the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
 上記現像工程における現像処理は、特に制限はなく、公知の方法により現像を行えばよいが、擦り部材を備えた自動処理機を用いて実施されることが好ましい。更に上記現像処理は、上記現像液などの供給手段を備えた自動処理機により好適に実施することができる。自動処理機としては、例えば、画像記録後の平版印刷版原版を搬送しながら擦り処理を行う、特開2006-235227号公報等に記載の自動処理機等が挙げられる。中でも、擦り部材として、回転ブラシロールを用いる自動処理機が特に好ましい。 現 像 The developing process in the developing step is not particularly limited and may be performed by a known method, but is preferably performed using an automatic processor equipped with a rubbing member. Further, the development processing can be suitably performed by an automatic processor equipped with a supply means for the developer or the like. Examples of the automatic processor include an automatic processor described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-235227, which performs a rubbing process while transporting a lithographic printing plate precursor after image recording. Among them, an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is particularly preferable.
 本開示に好ましく使用できる回転ブラシロールは、画像部の傷つき難さ、更には、平版印刷版原版支持体の腰の強さ等を考慮して適宜選択することができる。
 回転ブラシロールとしては、ブラシ素材をプラスチック又は金属のロールに植え付けて形成された公知のものが使用できる。例えば、特開昭58-159533号公報、特開平3-100554号公報に記載のものや、実公昭62-167253号公報に記載されているような、ブラシ素材を列状に植え込んだ金属又はプラスチックの溝型材を芯となるプラスチック又は金属のロールに隙間なく放射状に巻き付けたブラシロールが使用できる。
 ブラシ素材としては、プラスチック繊維(例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系、ナイロン6.6、ナイロン6.10等のポリアミド系、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸アルキル等のポリアクリル系、及び、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン等のポリオレフィン系の合成繊維)を使用することができ、例えば、繊維の毛の直径は、20μm~400μm、毛の長さは、5mm~30mmのものが好適に使用できる。
 回転ブラシロールの外径は、30mm~200mmが好ましく、版面を擦るブラシの先端の周速は、0.1m/sec~5m/secが好ましい。
The rotating brush roll that can be preferably used in the present disclosure can be appropriately selected in consideration of the difficulty of damaging the image area, the stiffness of the lithographic printing plate precursor support, and the like.
As the rotating brush roll, a known one formed by implanting a brush material in a plastic or metal roll can be used. For example, as described in JP-A-58-159533 and JP-A-3-100554, and as described in Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 62-167253, metal or plastic in which a brush material is implanted in a row is used. A brush roll obtained by radially wrapping the grooved material radially around a plastic or metal roll serving as a core can be used.
Examples of the brush material include plastic fibers (for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamides such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, and polyacrylics such as polyacrylonitrile and polyalkyl (meth) acrylate). , And polyolefin-based synthetic fibers such as polypropylene and polystyrene). For example, fibers having a hair diameter of 20 μm to 400 μm and a hair length of 5 mm to 30 mm can be suitably used. .
The outer diameter of the rotating brush roll is preferably 30 mm to 200 mm, and the peripheral speed of the tip of the brush rubbing the plate surface is preferably 0.1 m / sec to 5 m / sec.
 回転ブラシロールの回転方向は、平版印刷版原版の搬送方向に対し、同一方向であっても、逆方向であってもよいが、図2に示すように、2本以上の回転ブラシロールを使用する場合は、少なくとも1本の回転ブラシロールが、同一方向に回転し、少なくとも1本の回転ブラシロールが、逆方向に回転することが好ましい。これにより、未露光部の画像記録層の除去が更に確実となる。更に、回転ブラシロールをブラシロールの回転軸方向に揺動させることも効果的である。 The rotating direction of the rotating brush roll may be the same direction or the opposite direction to the conveying direction of the planographic printing plate precursor, but as shown in FIG. 2, two or more rotating brush rolls are used. In this case, it is preferable that at least one rotating brush roll rotates in the same direction and at least one rotating brush roll rotates in the opposite direction. Thereby, the removal of the image recording layer in the unexposed portion is further ensured. Further, it is also effective to swing the rotating brush roll in the direction of the rotation axis of the brush roll.
 本開示に使用される現像液は、常に新鮮な液を用いてもよいが、現像処理後の現像液を、フィルターを通して循環させて繰り返し使用することが好ましい。 現 像 The developer used in the present disclosure may always use a fresh solution, but it is preferable that the developer after the development processing is circulated through a filter and used repeatedly.
 上記現像工程に用いられる現像液の濾過に使用するフィルターは、現像液に混入した異物を濾過できるものであれば、如何なるものでも使用可能である。フィルターの材質としてはポリエステル樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリエチレン樹脂、セルロース樹脂、コットン等が好ましく用いられる。また、その形態としては、交換可能なフィルターとして、ハウジング内にカートリッジの様式で収容されたものが好ましい。カートリッジは、例えばセルロース繊維製の濾紙に、強度補強、繊維離脱防止のため、エポキシ樹脂加工を施し、濾過面積を大きくするためにプリーツ状に成型したプリーツタイプ、多くの繊維からなるヤーン(繊維の束)を中心筒より緩やかな密度勾配が得られるよう巻き上げたデプスタイプ、或いはポリエチレン等のプラスチック製ケースに吸着剤を収納させるか、又は、主に樹脂、セルロース、ガラス繊維及び吸水性ポリマーによって構成されたメディアに活性炭などの吸着剤を担持させた吸着タイプのものが好ましい。この吸着剤としては、シリカゲル、活性炭、活性アルミニウム、モレキュラーシーブ、クレー及び超吸収性繊維、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸カルシウム、過マンガン酸カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、リン酸ナトリウム及び活性金属から選択された材料、及び、各種フィルターに用いられるイオン交換体を用いることができる。
 入手可能なフィルターとして、アドバンテック東洋(株)製のカートリッジフィルター「TCWタイプ」、「TCPタイプ」、「TCSタイプ」などが好ましく用いられる。
 フィルターのメッシュ径としては、5μm~500μmが好ましく、10μm~200μmがより好ましく、20μm~100μmが更に好ましい。
As the filter used for filtering the developer used in the developing step, any filter can be used as long as foreign matter mixed in the developer can be filtered. As the material of the filter, polyester resin, polypropylene resin, polyethylene resin, cellulose resin, cotton and the like are preferably used. In addition, it is preferable that the filter is housed in a housing in the form of a cartridge as a replaceable filter. The cartridge is, for example, a pleated type formed by subjecting a filter paper made of cellulose fiber to an epoxy resin processing for reinforcement of strength and prevention of fiber detachment, and pleating in order to increase a filtration area, a yarn composed of many fibers (fiber of fiber). Bundle) is wound up to obtain a gentler density gradient than the central cylinder, or the adsorbent is stored in a plastic case made of polyethylene or the like, or mainly composed of resin, cellulose, glass fiber and water-absorbing polymer It is preferable to use an adsorption type in which an adsorbent such as activated carbon is supported on the media. The adsorbent was selected from silica gel, activated carbon, activated aluminum, molecular sieves, clay and superabsorbent fibers, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, potassium permanganate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium phosphate and active metals Materials and ion exchangers used for various filters can be used.
As an available filter, a cartridge filter “TCW type”, “TCP type”, “TCS type” or the like manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. is preferably used.
The mesh diameter of the filter is preferably 5 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 200 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm to 100 μm.
 なお、本開示において、現像工程の後に乾燥工程を設けることは任意に可能である。特に自動処理機の最後の工程に設けることが好ましい。
 上記乾燥工程は、ローラーニップで現像液のほとんどを除去した後に、任意の温度の乾燥風を吹き付けることにより行われることが好ましい。
In the present disclosure, it is arbitrarily possible to provide a drying step after the developing step. It is particularly preferable to provide it in the last step of the automatic processor.
The drying step is preferably performed by removing most of the developer with a roller nip and then blowing dry air at an arbitrary temperature.
  以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。また、化合物の構成単位の右下の数字は、特に断りのない限り、モル比を表す。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to Examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In this example, “%” and “parts” mean “% by mass” and “parts by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified. The numbers at the lower right of the structural units of the compounds represent molar ratios unless otherwise specified.
(実施例1~10及び比較例1~7)
<アルミニウム支持体1の作製>
 厚み0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間、脱脂処理を施した後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)を用いアルミ表面を砂目立てして、水でよく洗浄した。この板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、更に60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。この時の砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。このときの電解液は、硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8msec、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で、電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。次に、この板に15質量%硫酸水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を設けた後、水洗、乾燥した。
 更に、100℃の水蒸気を1.033×10Paの圧力で上記の陽極酸化皮膜に8秒間吹き付けて、封孔処理を行った。
 次に陽極酸化処理によって得られたアルミニウム支持体を、純水にポリビニルホスホン酸(PCAS社製)を0.4質量%溶解させた53℃の処理液に10秒浸漬し、ニップロールにて余剰の処理液を完全に除去し、アルミニウム支持体1を作製した。
(Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7)
<Preparation of aluminum support 1>
To remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material: JIS A 1050) having a thickness of 0.3 mm, a 10% by mass aqueous sodium aluminate solution was subjected to a degreasing treatment at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds. The aluminum surface was grained using three 3 mm bundled nylon brushes and a Pumice-water suspension having a median diameter of 25 μm (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ), and thoroughly washed with water. This plate was immersed in a 25% by mass aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide at 45 ° C. for 9 seconds to perform etching, washed with water, further immersed in a 20% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid at 60 ° C. for 20 seconds, and washed with water. At this time, the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
Next, an electrochemical surface roughening treatment was continuously performed using an AC voltage of 60 Hz. At this time, the electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ion), and the solution temperature was 50 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is an electrochemical roughening process using a trapezoidal rectangular wave alternating current with a time TP from a current value reaching zero to a peak to a peak value of 0.8 msec, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a carbon electrode as a counter electrode. Was done. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was shunted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Thereafter, water washing by spraying was performed.
Subsequently, nitric acid electrolysis was performed using a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the conditions of an electric charge of 50 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Electrochemical surface roughening treatment was performed in the same manner as described above, and then water washing was performed by spraying. Next, a 2.5 g / m 2 DC anodic oxide film was formed on the plate at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 using a 15% by mass aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution. And dried.
Further, a water vapor at 100 ° C. was sprayed onto the anodic oxide film at a pressure of 1.033 × 10 5 Pa for 8 seconds to perform a sealing treatment.
Next, the aluminum support obtained by the anodic oxidation treatment was immersed in a treatment liquid at 53 ° C. in which 0.4% by mass of polyvinylphosphonic acid (manufactured by PCAS) was dissolved in pure water for 10 seconds, and excess nip rolls were used. The treatment liquid was completely removed, and an aluminum support 1 was produced.
<下塗り層の形成>
 次に、上記アルミニウム支持体1上に、下記下塗り層塗布液(1)を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるよう塗布して、下塗り層を有する支持体を作製した。
<Formation of undercoat layer>
Next, the following undercoat layer coating solution (1) was applied onto the aluminum support 1 so that the dry coating amount was 20 mg / m 2 , to prepare a support having an undercoat layer.
〔下塗り層塗布液(1)〕
・下記構造の下塗り層用化合物(1):0.18部
・メタノール:55.24部
・水:6.15部
[Undercoat layer coating liquid (1)]
-Undercoat layer compound (1) having the following structure: 0.18 part-Methanol: 55.24 parts-Water: 6.15 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
<画像記録層の形成>
 上記下塗り層上に、表2に記載の下記画像記録層塗布液1~3のいずれかをバー塗布した後、100℃60秒でオーブン乾燥し、乾燥塗布量1.0g/mの画像記録層を形成した。
<Formation of Image Recording Layer>
One of the following image recording layer coating solutions 1 to 3 shown in Table 2 was coated on the undercoat layer with a bar, followed by oven drying at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds, and image recording with a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 . A layer was formed.
-画像記録層塗布液1の組成-
 下記バインダーポリマー:0.23質量部
 ウレタンメタクリレートオリゴマー(グリセロールジメチルアクリレート、グリセロールモノメチルアクリレート、プロピレングリコールメタクリレート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートの反応から形成した。):0.38質量部
 エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製NKエステルBPE500):0.06質量部
 下記重合開始剤-1:0.07質量部
 下記増感色素-1:0.04質量部
 連鎖移動剤(メルカプトベンゾチアゾール):0.005質量部
 顔料(へリオゲンブルー7565のポリマー分散物):0.038質量部
 界面活性剤(BYK社製BYK307):0.002質量部
 フェノキシエタノール:10.35質量部
 アセトン:1.15質量部
-Composition of image recording layer coating liquid 1-
The following binder polymer: 0.23 parts by mass Urethane methacrylate oligomer (formed from the reaction of glycerol dimethyl acrylate, glycerol monomethyl acrylate, propylene glycol methacrylate, and hexamethylene diisocyanate): 0.38 parts by mass ethoxylated bisphenol A diacrylate (Shin Nakamura NK Ester BPE500 (manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.06 parts by mass The following polymerization initiator-1: 0.07 parts by mass The following sensitizing dye-1: 0.04 parts by mass Chain transfer agent (mercaptobenzothiazole): 0 0.005 parts by mass Pigment (polymer dispersion of Helogen Blue 7565): 0.038 parts by mass Surfactant (BYK307 manufactured by BYK): 0.002 parts by mass Phenoxyethanol: 10.35 parts by mass Acetone: 1.15 parts by mass Department
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 なお、上記バインダーポリマーにおける各構成単位の括弧の右下の数値は、質量比を表す。 数 値 The numerical value at the lower right of the parenthesis of each structural unit in the binder polymer represents a mass ratio.
-画像記録層塗布液2の組成-
 画像記録層塗布液1のバインダーポリマーを、下記バインダーポリマーに変更した以外は、画像記録層塗布液1と同様にして調製した。
-Composition of image recording layer coating liquid 2-
The image recording layer coating solution 1 was prepared in the same manner as the image recording layer coating solution 1 except that the binder polymer was changed to the following binder polymer.
-画像記録層塗布液3の組成-
 下記バインダーポリマー:4.09質量部
 SR399(サートマー・ジャパン(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート):2.66質量部
 NK-Ester A-DPH(新中村化学工業(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート):2.66質量部
 CD9053(サートマー・ジャパン(株)製、3官能有機酸のエステル化合物):0.53質量部
 ビス-t-ブチルフェニルヨードニウム テトラフェニルボレート:0.96質量部
 Fluor N2900(Cytnoix社製界面活性剤):0.11質量部
 下記Pigment1:0.73質量部
 下記赤外線吸収剤:0.27質量部
 ホスマーPE(ユニケミカル(株)製):0.55重量部
 イオン交換水:13.77質量部
 1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:48.18質量部
 2-ブチロラクトン:13.77質量部
 2-ブタノン:61.94質量部
-Composition of image recording layer coating liquid 3-
The following binder polymer: 4.09 parts by mass SR399 (manufactured by Sartomer Japan KK, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate): 2.66 parts by mass NK-Ester A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol) Hexaacrylate): 2.66 parts by mass CD9053 (ester compound of trifunctional organic acid manufactured by Sartomer Japan KK): 0.53 parts by mass bis-t-butylphenyliodonium tetraphenylborate: 0.96 parts by mass Fluor N2900 (Cytonix surfactant): 0.11 parts by mass Pigment 1: 0.73 parts by mass Infrared absorbent: 0.27 parts by mass Phosmer PE (manufactured by Unichemical Co., Ltd.): 0.55 parts by mass Exchanged water: 13.77 parts by mass 1-methoxy-2-propanol : 48.18 parts by mass 2-butyrolactone: 13.77 parts by mass 2-butanone: 61.94 parts by mass
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 なお、上記バインダーポリマーにおける各構成単位の括弧の右下の数値は、質量比を表す。 数 値 The numerical value at the lower right of the parenthesis of each structural unit in the binder polymer represents a mass ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
<保護層の形成>
 上記画像記録層上に、表2に記載のように、下記組成の保護層塗布液1をバー塗布した後、120℃、60秒でオーブン乾燥し、乾燥塗布量0.15g/mの保護層を形成して各平版印刷版原版を得た。
<Formation of protective layer>
As shown in Table 2, a protective layer coating solution 1 having the following composition was coated on the image recording layer with a bar, and then dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to provide a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2 . A layer was formed to obtain each lithographic printing plate precursor.
-保護層塗布液1の組成-
 PVA-1(ポリビニルアルコール、ゴーセランL-3266、日本合成化学(株)製):0.61質量部
 PVA-2(ポリビニルアルコール、ニチゴー G-ポリマー AZF8035、日本合成化学(株)製):0.32質量部
 界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、エマレックス710、日本エマルジョン(株)製):0.002質量部
 水:13質量部
-Composition of coating solution 1 for protective layer-
PVA-1 (polyvinyl alcohol, Gohselan L-3266, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.61 parts by mass PVA-2 (polyvinyl alcohol, Nichigo G-polymer AZF8035, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0. 32 parts by mass Surfactant (polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, Emarex 710, manufactured by Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.): 0.002 parts by mass Water: 13 parts by mass
<露光>
 表2に記載のように、下記露光条件1又は2により、平版印刷版原版の露光を行った。
<Exposure>
As shown in Table 2, the lithographic printing plate precursor was exposed under the following exposure conditions 1 or 2.
-露光条件1-
 得られた平版印刷版原版を、Fujifilm Electronic Imaging(FFEI)社製Violet半導体レーザープレートセッターVx9600(InGaN系半導体レーザー(発光波長405nm±10nm/出力30mW)を搭載))により画像露光した。画像描画は、解像度2,438dpi(dot per inch)で、富士フイルム(株)製FMスクリーン(TAFFETA 20)を用い、版面露光量0.05mJ/cmで行った。
-Exposure condition 1-
The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was image-exposed using a Violet semiconductor laser plate setter Vx9600 (InGaN-based semiconductor laser (emission wavelength: 405 nm ± 10 nm / output: 30 mW)) manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Imaging (FFEI). Image drawing was performed at a resolution of 2,438 dpi (dot per inch) using an FM screen (TAFFETA 20) manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation at a plate surface exposure of 0.05 mJ / cm 2 .
-露光条件2-
 得られた平版印刷版原版を、赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000IIIにて、外面ドラム回転数1,000rpm(回毎分)、レーザー出力70%、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch)の条件で露光した。
-Exposure conditions 2-
The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to an external drum rotation speed of 1,000 rpm (each time), a laser output of 70%, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi using a Fujifilm Corporation Luxel PLATESETTER T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. (Dot per inch).
<現像処理>
 表2に記載の現像液を使用し、表2に記載の下記現像条件1又は2により、平版印刷版原版の現像を行い、各平版印刷版を作製した。
<Development processing>
The lithographic printing plate precursor was developed using the developing solution shown in Table 2 and the following developing conditions 1 or 2 shown in Table 2 to produce each lithographic printing plate.
-現像条件1-
 表2に記載の現像液を用い、図1に示す構造の自動現像処理機にて、プレヒート100℃で10秒、現像液中への浸漬時間(現像時間)が20秒となる搬送速度にて現像処理を実施し、平版印刷版を得た。
 なお、図1に示す自動現像処理機は、平版印刷版原版(以下「PS版」ともいう。)100を現像前に全面加熱処理する前加熱部104、PS版100を現像する現像部106、現像後のPS版100を乾燥する乾燥部110を備えている。画像露光されたPS版100は、搬入口から搬入ローラ112により前加熱部104に搬入され、加熱室105において加熱処理される。加熱室105には、串ローラ114が設けられている。また、加熱室105には図示しない発熱手段、温風供給手段等の加熱手段が設けられている。次いで、PS版100は、搬送ローラ116により現像部106へ搬送される。現像部106の現像槽120内には、搬送方向上流側から順に、搬送ローラ122、ブラシローラ124、スクイズローラ126が備えられ、これらの間の適所にバックアップローラ128が備えられている。PS版100は搬送ローラ122により搬送されながら現像液中を浸漬されてブラシローラ124を回転させることによりPS版100の非画像部の除去を行なって現像処理される。現像処理されたPS版100はスクイズローラ(搬出ローラ)126により次の乾燥部110へ搬送される。
 乾燥部110は、搬送方向上流側から順に、ガイドローラ136、一対の串ローラ138が設けられている。また、乾燥部110には図示しない温風供給手段、発熱手段等の乾燥手段が設けられている。乾燥部110には排出口が設けられ、乾燥手段により乾燥されたPS版100は排出口から排出されて、PS版に対する自動現像装処理が完了する。
-Development condition 1-
Using the developing solution shown in Table 2, in an automatic developing machine having the structure shown in FIG. 1, preheating was performed at 100 ° C. for 10 seconds, and the immersion time (developing time) in the developing solution was 20 seconds at a transport speed. A development process was performed to obtain a lithographic printing plate.
The automatic development processor shown in FIG. 1 includes a pre-heating unit 104 that heats the entire surface of a lithographic printing plate precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as a “PS plate”) 100 before development, a developing unit 106 that develops the PS plate 100, A drying unit 110 for drying the PS plate 100 after development is provided. The PS plate 100 subjected to the image exposure is carried into the pre-heating unit 104 by the carry-in roller 112 from the carry-in entrance, and is heated in the heating chamber 105. A skewer roller 114 is provided in the heating chamber 105. The heating chamber 105 is provided with a heating means such as a heating means (not shown) and a hot air supply means. Next, the PS plate 100 is transported to the developing unit 106 by the transport rollers 116. In the developing tank 120 of the developing unit 106, a transport roller 122, a brush roller 124, and a squeeze roller 126 are provided in this order from the upstream side in the transport direction, and a backup roller 128 is provided at an appropriate position therebetween. The PS plate 100 is immersed in the developing solution while being conveyed by the conveying roller 122 and the brush roller 124 is rotated to remove a non-image portion of the PS plate 100 and is subjected to development processing. The developed PS plate 100 is conveyed to the next drying unit 110 by a squeeze roller (unloading roller) 126.
The drying unit 110 is provided with a guide roller 136 and a pair of skewer rollers 138 in order from the upstream side in the transport direction. The drying unit 110 is provided with a drying unit (not shown) such as a hot air supply unit and a heating unit. The drying unit 110 is provided with a discharge port, and the PS plate 100 dried by the drying unit is discharged from the discharge port, and the automatic development processing for the PS plate is completed.
-現像条件2-
 露光済み原版を、表2に記載の現像液を用い、図2に示す1浴処理用自動現像装置を使用して現像処理した後、ドライヤーで乾燥した。
-Developing conditions 2-
The exposed master was developed using the developing solutions shown in Table 2 using an automatic developing apparatus for one-bath processing shown in FIG. 2, and then dried with a dryer.
<使用した現像液1~15の組成>
 上記現像処理において使用した現像液1~15の組成を、下記表1に示す。
 なお、表1におけるpH欄以外の各数値は、各成分の量を表し、また、各成分の量の単位は、質量部である。
 また、表1において、ジエタノールアミンは、表1にpHとなる量を添加した。
<Composition of used developers 1 to 15>
Table 1 below shows the compositions of the developing solutions 1 to 15 used in the above development processing.
In addition, each numerical value except the pH column in Table 1 represents the amount of each component, and the unit of the amount of each component is parts by mass.
Further, in Table 1, diethanolamine was added to Table 1 in such an amount as to give a pH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
<評価>
 得られた平版印刷版原版を用い、以下の方法により評価した。評価結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation>
The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was evaluated by the following method. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
<処理性評価(現像スラッジ抑制性評価)>
 表2に記載の現像液1Lあたり平版印刷版原版20mの処理を行った後、現像液を抜いて処理浴底部及びフィルター部での現像スラッジの堆積を観察し、このときの汚れの発生程度を、下記の指標で評価し、現像スラッジ抑制性のランクとした。
  5:堆積がなく良好である。
  4:若干の堆積が発生するが、問題ない。
  3:若干の堆積が発生するが、流水で洗浄でき、実用上問題がない。
  2:堆積が発生するが、こすり洗いで洗浄でき、許容レベルである。
  1:堆積が発生し、処理性に問題を引き起こす。
<Evaluation of processability (evaluation of development sludge suppression)>
After processing 20 m 2 of the lithographic printing plate precursor per 1 L of the developing solution shown in Table 2, the developing solution was removed, and the accumulation of developing sludge at the bottom of the processing bath and the filter was observed. Was evaluated according to the following index, and the evaluation was made as a rank of the development sludge suppressing property.
5: Good without deposition.
4: Slight deposition occurs, but no problem.
3: Although some deposition occurs, it can be washed with running water and there is no practical problem.
2: Deposition occurs, but can be cleaned by scrubbing, and is at an acceptable level.
1: Deposition occurs, causing a problem in processability.
<耐傷性評価>
 得られた平版印刷版原版を合紙(第一コンテナー(株)製のF合紙)と交互に積層し、平版印刷版原版積層体を作製した。得られた平版印刷版原版積層体を1mの高さに積み上げ、10分間振動させた後(振動数範囲5Hz~55Hz)、表2に記載の条件により露光及び現像を行い、その際の非画像部の傷の発生状態を目視にて評価した。評価尺度としては、下記の判定基準を用いた。
  5:傷なし。
  4:肉眼では確認はできないが、6倍率のルーペで確認可能な傷が1か所あり。
  3:肉眼では確認はできないが、6倍率のルーペで確認可能な傷が数か所あり。
  2:複数個所に肉眼で確認可能な傷あり。
  1:全面にわたり傷あり。
<Scratch resistance evaluation>
The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was alternately laminated with interleaving paper (F interleaving paper manufactured by Daiichi Container Co., Ltd.) to produce a lithographic printing plate precursor laminate. The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor laminate was stacked at a height of 1 m, vibrated for 10 minutes (frequency range: 5 Hz to 55 Hz), exposed and developed under the conditions shown in Table 2, and the non-image The state of occurrence of scratches in the part was visually evaluated. The following criteria were used as evaluation scales.
5: No scratch.
4: There is one scratch that cannot be confirmed with the naked eye, but can be confirmed with a loupe of 6 magnifications.
3: There are some scratches that cannot be confirmed with the naked eye, but can be confirmed with a loupe of 6 magnifications.
2: There are scratches that can be visually confirmed at a plurality of locations.
1: There are scratches over the entire surface.
<耐刷性評価>
 印刷枚数を増やしていくと徐々に平版印刷版上に形成された画像記録層の画像が摩耗しインキ受容性が低下するため、これに伴い、印刷用紙における画像のインキ濃度が低下する。得られた平版印刷版を、印刷機(リスロン、小森コーポレーション(株)製)、インキ(Values-G(N)墨インキ、DIC(株)製)、湿し水(Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/8(容量比))、印刷用紙(特菱アート紙、連量:76.5kg、三菱製紙(株)製)を用いて印刷を行った。耐刷性の指標としては、インキ濃度(反射濃度)が印刷開始時よりも0.1低下したときの印刷枚数により評価した。
<Print durability evaluation>
As the number of printed sheets is increased, the image of the image recording layer formed on the lithographic printing plate is gradually worn and ink receptivity is reduced, and accordingly, the ink density of the image on the printing paper is reduced. The obtained lithographic printing plate was subjected to a printing machine (Rithlon, manufactured by Komori Corporation), an ink (Values-G (N) black ink, manufactured by DIC Corporation), a dampening solution (Ecolity-2 (Fujifilm (Fujifilm)). Co., Ltd.) / Tap water = 2/8 (volume ratio)) and printing paper (Toshibishi art paper, continuous weight: 76.5 kg, manufactured by Mitsubishi Paper Mills). The printing durability index was evaluated based on the number of printed sheets when the ink density (reflection density) decreased by 0.1 from the start of printing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 表2に示す結果より、比較例1~7における平版印刷版の作製方法に比べ、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法である実施例1~10のいずれにおいても、現像スラッジ抑制性に優れることが判る。
 また、表2に示す結果より、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法である実施例1~10のいずれにおいても、耐傷性及び耐刷性に優れた平版印刷版が得られることが判る。
From the results shown in Table 2, all of Examples 1 to 10, which are the methods for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, are superior to the methods for producing a lithographic printing plate according to Comparative Examples 1 to 7 in developing sludge suppression. You can see that.
Further, from the results shown in Table 2, it can be seen that a lithographic printing plate excellent in scratch resistance and printing durability can be obtained in any of Examples 1 to 10, which are the methods for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure.
 2018年7月26日に出願された日本国特許出願第2018-140598号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-140598 filed on July 26, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All publications, patent applications, and technical standards referred to in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.
 61:回転ブラシロール、62:受けロール、63:搬送ロール、64:搬送ガイド板、65:スプレーパイプ、66:管路、67:フィルター、68:給版台、69:排版台、70:現像液タンク、71:循環ポンプ、72:平版印刷版原版、100:平版印刷版原版、104:前加熱部、105:加熱室、106:現像部、110:乾燥部、112:搬入ローラ、114:串ローラ、116:搬送ローラ、120:現像槽、122:搬送ローラ、124:ブラシローラ、126:スクイズローラ、128:バックアップローラ、136:ガイドローラ、138:串ローラ、D:平版印刷版原版の搬送方向 61: rotating brush roll, 62: receiving roll, 63: transport roll, 64: transport guide plate, 65: spray pipe, 66: pipeline, 67: filter, 68: plate feeding table, 69: plate discharging table, 70: development Liquid tank, 71: circulation pump, 72: planographic printing plate precursor, 100: planographic printing plate precursor, 104: preheating unit, 105: heating chamber, 106: developing unit, 110: drying unit, 112: carry-in roller, 114: Skewer roller, 116: transport roller, 120: developing tank, 122: transport roller, 124: brush roller, 126: squeeze roller, 128: backup roller, 136: guide roller, 138: skewer roller, D: planographic printing plate precursor Transport direction

Claims (14)

  1.  支持体上に画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版を露光する工程、及び、
     pHが10以上12未満の現像液により現像処理を行う工程を含み、
     前記画像記録層は、下記式(Bn)で表される構成単位を有するバインダー、光重合開始剤、及び、重合性化合物を含み、
     前記現像液が、両性界面活性剤と、両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤とを含む
     平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(Bn)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は一価の置換基を表し、Lは二価の連結基を表す。
    Exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image recording layer on a support, and
    a step of performing a development treatment with a developer having a pH of 10 or more and less than 12;
    The image recording layer contains a binder having a structural unit represented by the following formula (Bn), a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound,
    A method for preparing a lithographic printing plate, wherein the developer contains an amphoteric surfactant and a surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the formula (Bn), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 4 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and L 1 represents a divalent Represents a linking group.
  2.  前記露光する工程における前記露光を、波長760nm~1,200nmのレーザー光により行う請求項1に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 (4) The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to (1), wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by a laser beam having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1,200 nm.
  3.  前記露光する工程における前記露光を、波長250nm~420nmのレーザー光により行う請求項1に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 (4) The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to (1), wherein the exposing in the exposing step is performed by a laser beam having a wavelength of 250 nm to 420 nm.
  4.  前記現像処理を行う工程後に、現像処理して得られた平版印刷版を水洗する工程を含まない請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 4. The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method does not include a step of washing the lithographic printing plate obtained by the developing treatment after the step of performing the developing treatment.
  5.  前記両性界面活性剤が、下記式(I)又は式(II)で表される化合物を含む請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式(I)及び式(II)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、前記R~Rにおける前記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、前記R~Rにおける前記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中にエステル結合(-(C=O)O-)、エーテル結合(-O-)、及び、アミド結合(-NH-(C=O)-)よりなる群から選択される連結基を有していてもよく、Lはアルキレン基を表し、Aはカルボン酸イオン又はスルホン酸イオンを表す。
    The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains a compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the formulas (I) and (II), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O)) is formed in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in R 1 to R 3 . O-), ether bond (-O-), and an amide bond (-NH- (C = O) - ) may have a linking group selected from the group consisting of, R 4 ~ R 6 is Each independently represents an alkyl group, and an ester bond (— (C = O) O—), an ether bond (—O—), and an amide bond (in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group in R 4 to R 6 ) It may have a linking group selected from the group consisting of -NH- (C = O)-), L represents an alkylene group, and A represents a carboxylate ion or a sulfonate ion.
  6.  前記両性界面活性剤が、前記式(II)で表される化合物を含む請求項5に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 6. The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to claim 5, wherein the amphoteric surfactant contains a compound represented by the formula (II).
  7.  前記R~Rのうちの少なくとも1つが、前記アルキル基のアルキル鎖中に、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び、エーテル結合よりなる群から選択される連結基を有し、かつAがカルボン酸イオンである請求項6に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 At least one of R 4 to R 6 has a linking group selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an amide bond and an ether bond in the alkyl chain of the alkyl group, and A is a carboxylic acid The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to claim 6, which is an ion.
  8.  前記両性界面活性剤以外の界面活性剤が、アニオン性界面活性剤及びノニオン性界面活性剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の界面活性剤である請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 The surfactant according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the surfactant other than the amphoteric surfactant is at least one surfactant selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant. The method for producing a lithographic printing plate described in 1.
  9.  前記アニオン性界面活性剤が、芳香環構造と、スルホン酸塩構造、カルボン酸塩構造、及びリン酸塩構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構造とを有する化合物である請求項8に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 9. The method according to claim 8, wherein the anionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, and a phosphate structure. The method for preparing the lithographic printing plate described in the above.
  10.  前記アニオン性界面活性剤が、下記式(III)又は式(IV)で表される化合物である請求項9に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式(III)及び式(IV)中、RAn1~RAn10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、LAnは1~3の整数を表し、XAn1及びXAn2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホン酸塩基、カルボン酸塩基又はリン酸塩基を表し、RAn1~RAn5の炭素数の総和が3以上であり、RAn6~RAn10の炭素数の総和が3以上である。
    The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to claim 9, wherein the anionic surfactant is a compound represented by the following formula (III) or (IV).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In formulas (III) and (IV), R An1 ~ R An10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, LAn is an integer of 1 ~ 3, X An 1 and X An2 are each independently sulfone An acid base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R An1 to R An5 is 3 or more, and the total number of carbon atoms of R An6 to R An10 is 3 or more.
  11.  前記ノニオン性界面活性剤が、芳香環構造と、アルキレンオキシ鎖構造とを有する化合物である請求項8~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an aromatic ring structure and an alkyleneoxy chain structure.
  12.  前記ノニオン性界面活性剤が、下記式(V)で表される化合物である請求項11に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
      XNo-YNo-O-(ANo)p-(BNo)q-H   (V)
     式(V)中、XNoは芳香族基を表し、YNoは単結合又は炭素数1~10のアルキレン基を表し、ANo及びBNoは互いに異なる基であって、-CHCHO-又は-CHCH(CH)O-を表し、p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、p及びqの和は2以上である。
    The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to claim 11, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound represented by the following formula (V).
    X No -Y No -O- (A No ) p- (B No ) qH (V)
    In the formula (V), X No represents an aromatic group, Y No represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A No and B No are different groups, and —CH 2 CH 2 Represents O— or —CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O—, p and q each independently represents an integer of 0 to 100, and the sum of p and q is 2 or more.
  13.  前記現像液が、有機溶剤を含む請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 (13) The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein the developer contains an organic solvent.
  14.  前記バインダーが、下記式(Ac)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Al)で表される構成単位を更に有する請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式(Ac)及び式(Al)中、RAc及びRAlはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
    14. The lithographic printing plate according to claim 1, wherein the binder further has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Al). Method of manufacturing.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In the formulas (Ac) and (Al), R Ac and R Al each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
PCT/JP2019/027419 2018-07-26 2019-07-10 Method for producing lithographic printing plate WO2020022071A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018140598 2018-07-26
JP2018-140598 2018-07-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020022071A1 true WO2020022071A1 (en) 2020-01-30

Family

ID=69180988

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/027419 WO2020022071A1 (en) 2018-07-26 2019-07-10 Method for producing lithographic printing plate

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020022071A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009086344A (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-23 Fujifilm Corp Processing method of lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2009251582A (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-10-29 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Development processing liquid, and photosensitive lithographic printing plate material
JP2011180291A (en) * 2010-02-26 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Method for preparing planographic printing plate and developer solution for master planographic printing plate
WO2019044431A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing lithographic printing plate

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009086344A (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-23 Fujifilm Corp Processing method of lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2009251582A (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-10-29 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Development processing liquid, and photosensitive lithographic printing plate material
JP2011180291A (en) * 2010-02-26 2011-09-15 Fujifilm Corp Method for preparing planographic printing plate and developer solution for master planographic printing plate
WO2019044431A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing lithographic printing plate

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5097833B2 (en) Planographic printing method
JP5732012B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP5705969B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP5705584B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP5463346B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP5613207B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP2010102322A (en) Method for making lithographic printing plate
JP5872082B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP5364513B2 (en) Developer for lithographic printing plate precursor and method for producing lithographic printing plate
JP5525873B2 (en) Preparation method of lithographic printing plate
JP4997201B2 (en) Preparation method of lithographic printing plate
JP5466462B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor, method for producing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing plate
JP2009258579A (en) Plate-making method of lithographic printing plate precursor
WO2020022071A1 (en) Method for producing lithographic printing plate
JP5113701B2 (en) Production method of lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2006309160A (en) Platemaking method of lithographic printing plate
JP4909532B2 (en) Planographic printing plate making method
JP2009210639A (en) Developing liquid for planographic printing plate and platemaking method of planographic printing plate
JP2010079088A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method of lithographic printing plate
JP2009210638A (en) Developing liquid for planographic printing plate and platemaking method of planographic printing plate
JP2009080320A (en) Developing liquid and manufacturing method for lithographic printing plate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19842309

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19842309

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP